WO2024181520A1 - Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator - Google Patents

Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024181520A1
WO2024181520A1 PCT/JP2024/007429 JP2024007429W WO2024181520A1 WO 2024181520 A1 WO2024181520 A1 WO 2024181520A1 JP 2024007429 W JP2024007429 W JP 2024007429W WO 2024181520 A1 WO2024181520 A1 WO 2024181520A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
curable composition
formula
resin
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2024/007429
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雅臣 牧野
拓貴 本橋
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024181520A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024181520A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • G03F7/031Organic compounds not covered by group G03F7/029
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a curable composition that contains a color material, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
  • a curable composition that contains a color material, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound.
  • the number of pixels in color filters is increasing, and pixel patterns are becoming finer.
  • the use of a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), which has a shorter wavelength than i-lines, instead of the conventional i-lines (365 nm) as the wavelength light source has been considered, and a technology has been developed to improve the optical resolution and perform fine mask exposure to make patterns more fine.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a photosensitive composition that contains a dioxime ester compound and an ultraviolet-sensitive prepolymer resin and has a fast curing rate.
  • Patent Document 2 discloses a highly sensitive photopolymerizable composition that contains a ketoxime ester compound.
  • Patent Document 1 JP-T-2017-523465 A
  • Patent Document 2 JP-A-2011-105713 A
  • compositions containing polymerization initiators that have traditionally been used in processes involving exposure to i-lines have sometimes failed to provide sufficient curing sensitivity.
  • dispersants, resins, and other additives contained as components of curable compositions may contain, for example, amino groups in their molecules, which may act on the polymerization initiator, causing it to hydrolyze over time, resulting in a desensitization phenomenon in which the curing sensitivity decreases over time.
  • a curable composition comprising a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), a radical curable compound, and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain.
  • X represents a divalent organic group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group
  • Rx3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • * represents a linking portion to a carbon atom in the ester structure.
  • R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • L represents a divalent linking group
  • * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
  • R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group
  • L represents a divalent linking group
  • * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
  • ⁇ 6> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, further comprising a colorant.
  • ⁇ 7> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, further comprising a polyfunctional thiol compound.
  • ⁇ 8> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, in which the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain is an acrylic resin.
  • curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8> wherein the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  • the crosslinkable group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
  • ⁇ 11> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10>, in which a content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3,000 is less than 15 mass% based on a total solid content of the radical curable compound.
  • ⁇ 12> The curable composition according to ⁇ 11>, in which a mass ratio W C1 /W A is less than 5, where W C1 is the content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3,000 and W A is the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
  • ⁇ 13> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 12>, which is for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • ⁇ 14> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a step of irradiating the curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13> with excimer laser light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • ⁇ 15> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 13>.
  • ⁇ 16> An optical element comprising the film according to ⁇ 15>.
  • An image sensor comprising the film according to ⁇ 15>.
  • ⁇ 18> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to ⁇ 15>.
  • An image display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 15>.
  • ⁇ 20> A radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3):
  • X represents a divalent organic group
  • R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X
  • Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group
  • Rx3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • a curable composition which has high sensitivity and excellent cross-sectional rectangularity when patterned.
  • a method for producing a cured product using the curable composition, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a novel radical polymerization initiator is provided.
  • a numerical range indicated using “ ⁇ ” indicates a range that includes the numerical value described before “ ⁇ ” as the lower limit and the numerical value described before “ ⁇ ” as the upper limit.
  • the upper or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper or lower limit of another numerical range described in stages.
  • the upper or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with a value shown in the examples.
  • a notation that does not indicate whether it is substituted or unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) that have no substituents and groups (atomic groups) that have a substituent.
  • an "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group that has no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also an alkyl group that has a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light, but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams.
  • Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light as represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams, etc.
  • (meth)acrylate refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acryloyl refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group
  • Bu represents a butyl group
  • Ph represents a phenyl group.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the measurement by GPC uses an HLC (registered trademark)-8020GPC (Tosoh Corporation) as a measuring device, three TSKgel (registered trademark) Super Multipore HZ-H (4.6 mm ID x 15 cm, Tosoh Corporation) as columns, and THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent.
  • the measurement conditions are a sample concentration of 0.45 mass%, a flow rate of 0.35 ml/min, a sample injection amount of 10 ⁇ l, and a measurement temperature of 40 ° C., and is performed using an RI detector.
  • the calibration curve is prepared from eight samples of "Standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene" from Tosoh Corporation: "F-40", “F-20”, “F-4", "F-1", "A-5000”, “A-2500”, "A-1000", and "n-propylbenzene”.
  • the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
  • the term "process” refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
  • E- or Z-isomer may be used for oxime compounds having E- and Z-stereoisomers. The present disclosure will be described in detail below.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure includes a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), a radical curable compound, and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably includes a coloring material, and may further include other components as necessary.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure has high sensitivity and excellent pattern formability, and in particular, the cross-sectional rectangularity of the formed pattern is excellent.
  • the reason why such effects are exhibited is not necessarily clear, but is presumed to be as follows.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) has a di(keto)oxime structure, which promotes the generation of radical polymerization initiating species, and further contains a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain, which allows the radical polymerization initiating species generated from the radical polymerization initiator to be efficiently diffused, and the polymerization reaction proceeds well over a wide area of the pattern portion to be formed.
  • the curable composition has high sensitivity, and the curability up to the bottom of the pattern is also improved.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not have compositions containing a dimer-type radical polymerization initiator having a bulky structure at a (keto)oxime moiety and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain. Therefore, the polymerization initiator is hydrolyzed over time, making it difficult to suppress the desensitization phenomenon in which the curing sensitivity decreases over time.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a photocurable composition, more suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm, and particularly suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Examples of types of pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
  • the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm.
  • the infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • the solids concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator (A) represented by the following formula (1).
  • X represents a divalent organic group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • X represents a divalent organic group and can serve as an absorbing nucleus.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group in X include an aromatic ring group, a group having two or more aromatic rings, and a condensed ring of two or more aromatic rings, and are preferably a 6-membered aromatic ring group, a group having two or more 6-membered aromatic rings, and a condensed ring of a 6-membered aromatic ring and a 5-membered aromatic ring, and more preferably a condensed ring of a 3-ring, and a condensed ring of a 6-membered aromatic ring and a 5-membered aromatic ring.
  • Suitable examples of the divalent organic group in X include the following (X-1) to (X-18).
  • R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, L represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
  • the alkyl group in R X1 to R X9 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • the aryl group in R X1 to R X9 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • the divalent linking group for L includes an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • X represents any one of (X-1) to (X-14). From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is more preferable that X represents (X-1), (X-2), (X-3), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and a divalent three-ring condensed ring group is even more preferable, it is particularly preferable that (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and it is most preferable that (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6) is.
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably groups having 3 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 and R 12 are alkyl groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 and R 12 are each preferably independently an alkyl group or an aryl group having a linear, branched or cyclic structure, and from the viewpoint of enhancing both sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, are further preferably a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic alkyl group.
  • R 11 and R 12 each represent an alkyl group
  • a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group is preferable to a primary alkyl group, and a tertiary alkyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryloxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Each of the groups represented by R 11 and R 12 may further have a substituent.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably the same group, and more preferably R 11 and R 12 are the same group and are a group represented by the following formula (4).
  • Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group
  • Rx3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • * represents a linking portion to a carbon atom in the ester structure.
  • the alkyl group in Rx1 and Rx2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, with a methyl group and an ethyl group being preferred.
  • the alkyl group for Rx3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, with a methyl group being preferred.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferable, (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) and (R-14) are more preferable, and (R-6) is the most preferable.
  • X is (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) or (R-14), and it is most preferred that X is (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6).
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 21 and R 22 are preferably the same group.
  • the monovalent organic group in R 21 and R 22 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having a linear, branched or cyclic structure, an aryl group, or an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, more preferably a methyl group or an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, even more preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, particularly preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group B, and most preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group C.
  • each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group.
  • Each R a independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a cycloalkyl group.
  • Each R b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
  • R c is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
  • Each Rd is preferably an alkylene group, and more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group. Two or more of the above R a to R c may be bonded to form a ring structure.
  • R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom, R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R4 represents an alkyl group, L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S or NR, R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of R2 , R3 , R4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, Z represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and * represents a linking portion with the oxime group.
  • R2 in formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group.
  • R 3 in formula (2) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 4 in formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • L 1 in formula (2) is preferably O, S or NR, and more preferably O or NR.
  • L2 in formula (2) is preferably CHR.
  • R in the above NR is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • R in the above CHR is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Z in formula (2) is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
  • R 21 and R 22 in formula (1) are more preferably groups represented by the following formula (2-1).
  • R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR
  • L1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • Z represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • * represents a linking portion to the oxime group.
  • R 3 , L 1 , L 2 , R and Z in formula (2-1) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R 3 , L 1 , L 2 , R and Z in formula (2), respectively.
  • L 3 A in formula (2-1) is preferably an alkylene group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a 1,3-propylene group.
  • R 21 and R 22 in formula (1) are more preferably a group represented by the following formula (3).
  • L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, p represents an integer of 1 to 6, and * represents a linking portion to the (keto)oxime group.
  • L3 in formula (3) is preferably O, S or NR.
  • L4 in formula (3) is preferably CHR.
  • the preferred embodiments of R in formula (3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R in formula (2).
  • R 5 in formula (3) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • p is preferably an integer of 3 to 5, more preferably 3 or 4, and particularly preferably 3, from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
  • the group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-1, Y-2, Y-3, Y-12, Y-13, Y-14, Y-15, Y-16, Y-17, and Y-18, and it is more preferable that the group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-2, Y-13, Y-14, Y-15, Y-16, Y-17, and Y-18.
  • R 11 and R 12 are both the same group.
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) has an oxime group or a ketoxime group.
  • the oxime group or ketoxime group is a group represented by the following formula (A1) or (A2). That is, the oxime group or ketoxime group may be the geometric isomer E (A1) or the geometric isomer Z (A2).
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) may be a mixture of an oxime group or ketoxime group in the geometric isomer E (A1) and an oxime group in the geometric isomer Z (A2).
  • R 1a has the same meaning as R 11 and R 12 in formula (1)
  • R 2a has the same meaning as R 21 and R 22 in formula (1)
  • n represents 0 or 1
  • "*" represents a bond to X in formula (1).
  • the groups represented by formula (A1) and formula (A2) are oxime groups when n is 0, and are ketoxime groups when n is 1. In the present disclosure, a ketoxime group is preferred in terms of sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance.
  • the E isomer and the Z isomer may be mixed.
  • the ratio of E to Z isomers is preferably 100/0 to 1/99, more preferably 100/0 to 50/50, even more preferably 100/0 to 80/20, and particularly preferably 100/0 to 90/10.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure contains a dispersant and the dispersant has an amino group such as polyethyleneimine, hydrolysis of the polymerization initiator in the curable composition is likely to be accelerated.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) as the initiator component, so that the hydrolysis reaction that is likely to occur due to the amino group can be suppressed. This results in excellent storage stability.
  • the molecular weight of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is preferably low in terms of sensitivity, more preferably 200 to 2000, even more preferably 300 to 1000, and particularly preferably 400 to 900.
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) preferably has absorption in KrF light (wavelength 248 nm) and i-line (wavelength 365 nm).
  • the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 248 nm is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 10000 or more, even more preferably 20000 or more, and particularly preferably 30000 or more.
  • the upper limit of the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 248 nm is not particularly limited, but is generally less than 200000.
  • the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 10000 or more, even more preferably 20000 or more, and particularly preferably 30000 or more.
  • the upper limit of the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm is not particularly limited, but is generally less than 200000. High absorption leads to good sensitivity and pattern rectangularity.
  • the long wavelength end of absorption (the longest wavelength at which the molar absorption coefficient is less than 100) is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 450 nm or less, and even more preferably 420 nm or less.
  • the above wavelength range prevents yellow light fogging, provides excellent light stability during synthesis, and the polymerization initiator does not exhibit yellow color, resulting in good color reproducibility of a colored pattern (for example, a color filter having colored pixels).
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) may be partially hydrolyzed and mixed in in the form of an oxime. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the amount of hydrolyzed radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 1 part by mass, and more preferably less than 0.5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1). There is no lower limit to the amount, but it is generally less than 0.001 parts by mass.
  • the carboxylic acid that formed an ester with the oxime is likely to be liberated.
  • the amount of free carboxylic acid is preferably less than 1 part by mass, and more preferably less than 0.5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1). There is no lower limit to the above amount, but it is generally less than 0.001 parts by mass.
  • radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) Specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) are shown below. However, the examples are not limited thereto.
  • X, R 11 , R 12 , R 21 , R 22 , n1 and n2 in the specific examples in the table below are the same as X, R 11 , R 12 , R 21 , R 22 , n1 and n2 in general formula (1), respectively.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) alone or two or more radical polymerization initiators. When two or more radical polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the following range.
  • the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, preferably 0.01 mass % to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.05 mass % to 15 mass %, still more preferably 0.1 mass % to 10 mass %, and particularly preferably 0.1 mass % to 5 mass %, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a radical photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter also simply referred to as a photopolymerization initiator) other than the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
  • a radical photopolymerization initiator hereinafter also simply referred to as a photopolymerization initiator
  • the photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range is preferred.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.
  • acylphosphine compounds e.g., acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, etc.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an ⁇ -hydroxyketone compound, an ⁇ -aminoketone compound, or an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiators described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No.
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
  • ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available ⁇ -aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compounds represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-173858, the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024, the compounds represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-170089, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • a compound represented by formula (OX-1) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
  • X 1a represents a divalent linking group containing at least one ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring and a heterocycle;
  • R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group;
  • R2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group;
  • R 3a and R 4a may be bonded to form a ring;
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 may be linked to form a ring;
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 1a in formula (OX-1) include a divalent aromatic ring group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a divalent group in which two or more aromatic rings are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, a divalent group in which two or more heterocycles are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, and a divalent group in which an aromatic ring and a heterocycle are bonded via a single bond or a linking group.
  • Examples of the linking group include -CH 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -NR x -, and groups combining these.
  • R x represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • X 1a in formula (OX-1) is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-13), more preferably a group represented by formula (X-1), formula (X-2), formula (X-4), formula (X-6) or formula (X-8), and further preferably a group represented by formula (X-2) or formula (X-6).
  • R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. * represents a linking portion.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10.
  • the alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkynyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.
  • R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group, and is preferably an acyl group.
  • the acyl group represented by R 1a is preferably a group represented by —C(O)—R 101.
  • R 101 represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably an aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylamino group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an arylamino group, and an acyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a methylphenyl group or a naphthyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group represented by R 101 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • the number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylamino group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an arylamino group, and an acyl group.
  • R 2a in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group because the reactivity of the generated radical is high.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably an unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted linear alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2a is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3a and R 4a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R3a and R4a may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • Alk1 and Alk2 may be bonded to form a ring, and preferably form a ring.
  • the ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring.
  • n 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
  • a compound represented by formula (OX-2) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
  • R 1b and R 2b each independently represent a substituent
  • R 3b to R 7b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Suitable examples of the substituent represented by R 1b and R 2b include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • Suitable examples of the substituents represented by R 3b to R 7b include a halogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group have the same meaning as the alkyl group and aryl group in the substituents represented by R 1b and R 2b .
  • R 3b to R 7b are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Ar 1b is preferably an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable.
  • the acyl group has the same meaning as the acyl group in R 1a of formula (OX-1).
  • a compound represented by formula (OX-3) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
  • Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group
  • Ar 2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group
  • R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a substituent
  • L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c
  • R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • X 1c represents -C-, -N-, -O- or -S-
  • k represents 0 or 1
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Suitable examples of the substituent represented by R 1c and R 2c include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent.
  • R 2c is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R 3c include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable.
  • the acyl group has the same meaning as the acyl group in R 1a of formula (OX-1).
  • L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c
  • R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group in R 11c and R 12c have the same meaning as the alkyl group and aryl group in R 1c and R 2c .
  • L 1c is preferably a single bond.
  • X 1c represents -C-, -N-, -O- or -S-, and is preferably -O- or -S-.
  • Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • Ar2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
  • k represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
  • n represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
  • the oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000.
  • the molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
  • a bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used as the photopolymerization initiator.
  • a photoradical polymerization initiator one of the photoradical polymerization initiators Since two or more radicals are generated from the molecule, good sensitivity can be obtained.
  • the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, so that precipitation is less likely to occur over time, and the stability of the curable composition over time can be improved.
  • Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 8% by mass or less.
  • only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically curable compound (C).
  • the radically curable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the resin-type radical curable compound include the resin containing a structural unit having a radical polymerizable group as described above.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • radical curable compound it is possible to use a radical curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000.
  • the radical curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 is also simply referred to as the curable compound (C1).
  • the radically curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 may be a monomer-type radically curable compound, that is, a monomer having a radically polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a "polymerizable monomer").
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type radically curable compound (e.g., polymerizable monomer) is less than 3,000, preferably 2,000 or less, and more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.
  • UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • DPHA-40H manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • radical curable compounds C In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, only one type or two or more types of radical curable compounds C may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the content of the radical curable compound (C) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the content of the radically curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 among the radically curable compounds (C) is preferably less than 15% by mass, more preferably 14% by mass or less, even more preferably 13% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 12% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the content of the radically curable compound (e.g., polymerizable monomer) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 may be zero (0)% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the ratio W C1 /W A of the content (W C1 ) of the radical curing compound having a molecular weight of less than 3000 to the content (W A ) of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is preferably less than 5 (W C1 /W A ⁇ 5) in mass ratio.
  • the ratio W C1 /W A is more preferably W C1 /W A ⁇ 4, and even more preferably W C1 /W A ⁇ 3. It is also preferable to set it to 0.1 ⁇ W C1 /W A , and more preferably to set it to 0.5 ⁇ W C1 /W A.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure contains a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain (hereinafter, may be referred to as "resin (B1)").
  • the resin (B1) is not particularly limited as long as it has a crosslinkable group and a graft chain in the molecule.
  • the resin (B1) corresponds to a radical curable compound by having a radical polymerizable group as a crosslinkable group.
  • the graft chain in resin (B1) is not particularly limited, and is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyether chains, polyester chains, and poly(meth)acrylic chains.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more.
  • the content of the structural unit having a graft chain is preferably 0.1 mol% to 50 mol% relative to the total structural units, more preferably 1 mol% to 30 mol%, and even more preferably 5 mol% to 20 mol%.
  • Preferable examples of the graft chain in resin (B1) include polyether chains, polyester chains, and poly(meth)acrylic chains.
  • the graft chain is a polyether chain
  • it preferably has an alkylene oxide structure [-O(CH 2 ) a -, a ⁇ 2], a cyclic ether structure, etc.
  • the polyether chain having an alkylene oxide structure from the viewpoint of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability, it is preferable that the polyether chain has an alkylene oxide structure in which a is 2 to 30, and more preferably has an ethylene oxide structure or a propylene oxide structure.
  • Monomers that can be used in the polyether chain include, for example, cyclic ethers such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and 1,2-butylene oxide.
  • the graft chain is a polyester chain
  • a polyester chain having the following partial structure is preferable.
  • b is 2 to 20, more preferably has a structure in which b is 2 to 15, and further preferably has a structure in which b is 4 to 10, in terms of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability.
  • the graft chain preferably has an amide group (NHCO).
  • b is preferably an integer of 2 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 4 to 10.
  • b2 is preferably an integer of 5 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 7 to 12.
  • the resin (B1) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (5).
  • b is preferably 2 to 7, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • b2 is preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 7 to 12.
  • L represents an alkylene group
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 2 represents a branched or linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms) or a branched or linear alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Monomers that can be used in polyester chains include, for example, cyclic lactones such as caprolactone, valerolactone, and propiolactone.
  • the graft chain is a (meth)acrylic chain, it is preferable that it has an addition polymerization chain of a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
  • Monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include radically polymerizable monomers, such as (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic esters, and (meth)acrylamides.
  • cyclic ethers cyclic lactones
  • radical polymerizable monomers can be used in combination.
  • the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain has a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (A) or formula (B) as a structure including a main chain and a graft chain.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group
  • X represents O or S
  • Polym represents a graft chain.
  • the divalent organic group in L includes an alkylene group, a urethane group (-NHCOO-), etc., and is preferably an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group), or a divalent group in which an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group) is bonded to a urethane group.
  • L is preferably a divalent group represented by the following formula:
  • L 11 and L 12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group, and R 11 and R 12 each independently represent O or NH.
  • the divalent organic group for L 11 and L 12 includes, for example, an alkylene group, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • Y represents a trivalent organic group, and the two Zs each independently represent O or NH.
  • the trivalent organic group for Y is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as the following tertiary alkyl groups.
  • R can be a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group for R is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the trivalent organic group include the following Group 1 and Group 2 (where three *s represent bonds), and of these, Group 2 is preferred.
  • the chain does not have a highly polar functional group (COOH, SO3H , PO3H , OH, NH2 , NR2 , etc.) in order to increase the steric repulsion and improve the dispersion stability.
  • a highly polar functional group COOH, SO3H , PO3H , OH, NH2 , NR2 , etc.
  • the crosslinkable group is not particularly limited, and is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group. Among them, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression, the crosslinkable group preferably has a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetane group.
  • the crosslinkable group may be introduced into the graft chain, into a side chain terminal other than the graft chain, or into the main chain terminal. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that the crosslinkable group is introduced into a side chain terminal other than the graft chain.
  • Examples of methods for introducing a crosslinkable group into a resin include a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having an epoxy group to a resin having a carboxylic acid, a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having a carboxylic acid to a resin having an epoxy group, a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having an isocyanate group to a resin having a hydroxyl group, and a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having a hydroxyl group to a resin having an isocyanate group.
  • an oxetane group is introduced as a crosslinkable group
  • an example of a method for introducing an oxetane group is to radically polymerize OXE-10 (oxetane acrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) or OXE-30 (oxetane methacrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) to synthesize a resin having an oxetane structure.
  • OXE-10 oxetane acrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • OXE-30 oxetane methacrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.
  • the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain preferably has an ionic bond, and the ionic bond is most preferably a salt of a carboxylic acid and a quaternary amine.
  • the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain preferably has a constituent unit having a salt structure of a carboxylic acid and a quaternary amine.
  • the content of the structural units having a crosslinkable group in resin (B1) is preferably 5 mol% to 90 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and even more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%, based on the total amount of structural units.
  • the resin (B1) preferably has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and among these, it is more preferable that the resin (B1) has a carboxylic acid group. These groups are preferably contained in the resin (B1) so as to satisfy the preferred range of the acid value described below.
  • the resin (B1) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the resin (B1) being an acrylic resin means that it is a resin containing a main chain formed by polymerization of a (meth)acrylic monomer.
  • the resin (B1) is preferably an acrylic resin having a poly(meth)acrylic chain, polyester chain, or polyether chain as a graft chain, a (meth)acryloyl group as a crosslinkable group, and a carboxylic acid group.
  • the weight average molecular weight of resin (B1) is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 25,000.
  • the acid value of resin (B1) is preferably 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g to 100 mgKOH/g.
  • resin (B1) examples include C2-1 to C2-6 described in the examples below.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure particularly preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator in which X is (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8) in formula (1), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) or (R-14), and a resin (B1) having a structural unit represented by formula (5). Furthermore, it is most preferable that the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator in which X is (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6) in formula (1), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), and a resin (B1) having a structural unit represented by formula (5).
  • the resin (B1) include, for example, the "resin having an oxetane group in the side chain” described in WO 2021/182268, the “dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group, an acid group, and a polyester chain as a graft chain” described in WO 2018/037812, the "polyester-type dispersion resin having an oxetane group or an unsaturated crosslinkable group in the graft portion” described in JP 2018-101039 A, and the "polyester-type dispersion resin having an oxetane group or an unsaturated crosslinkable group in the graft portion” described in WO 2018/037812.
  • Such resins include the "graft dispersant resin having a quaternary ammonium salt and a carbon-carbon unsaturated group as a crosslinkable group” described in WO 2020/166510, the “polyimide or polyamic acid dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain” described in WO 2022/019253, and the "dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain, and in which the main chain has both ester bonds and amide bonds” described in WO 2022/019255.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of resin (B1) alone, or may contain two or more types of resin (B1).
  • the content of the resin (B1) is preferably from 5 to 40% by mass, and more preferably from 10 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a resin other than the resin (B1).
  • a resin other than the resin (B1) a resin serving as a radically curable compound, that is, a resin having a radically polymerizable group, can be used.
  • the resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically curable compound.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may further contain a resin other than the radically curable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resin examples include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, etc.
  • One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used.
  • norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (for example, ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation.
  • Examples of the resin include those described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, those described in JP-A-2017-057265, those described in JP-A-2017-032685, those described in JP-A-2017-075248, those described in JP-A-2017-066240, those described in JP-A-2017-167513, those described in JP-A-2017-173787, and those described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689.
  • resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin.
  • a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be of only one type, or of two or more types.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
  • a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetane group it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetane group.
  • a resin having at least one type of structural unit selected from the structural unit represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural unit represented by formula (Ep-2) (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep) can also be used.
  • p may contain only one of the structural units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural units represented by formula (Ep-2), or may contain both the structural units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural units represented by formula (Ep-2).
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R 1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group.
  • the content of the above-mentioned structural unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 100 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the resin Ep may have other structural units in addition to the structural unit Ep.
  • the other structural units include a structural unit having an acid group and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group, with a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group being preferred, and a carboxy group being more preferred.
  • ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the content of the structural unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 8 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the resin Ep preferably further contains a structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and is preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total structural units of the resin having a cyclic ether group.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • structural units having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structural units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac).
  • resin Ac the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the structural unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the structural unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • the aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one type of structural unit selected from the structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac-1) and the structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group
  • L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group
  • L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides, etc.
  • examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the following formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the following formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the following formula (Ar-13).
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L1 .
  • L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an arylene group, a group formed by combining an alkylene group and an arylene group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group and an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S.
  • the aromatic carboxyl-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 11 represents —COO— or CONH—, and preferably represents —COO—.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like.
  • a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one structural unit selected from a poly(meth)acrylic structural unit, a polyether structural unit, a polyester structural unit, and a polyol structural unit.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the coloring material in the curable composition is excellent.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxy group is a resin having a structural unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the hydrolysis reaction of the polymerization initiator (particularly, a polymerization initiator having a structure in which an oxime group and a carbonyl group are adjacent to each other) is likely to proceed.
  • the use of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) effectively suppresses the hydrolysis reaction, resulting in better storage stability over time.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin having a graft chain other than the above-mentioned resin (B1).
  • the resin having a graft chain i.e., the graft polymer
  • the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin is a resin having a graft chain
  • the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
  • the basic nitrogen atom so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity.
  • polyimine-based dispersants please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain.
  • the content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more of the total structural units of the resin, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and even more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain other than the above-mentioned resin (B1), and more preferably a resin containing a structural unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
  • the content of the structural unit having an oxetane group on a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all the structural units of the resin.
  • resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
  • polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used.
  • dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.
  • the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably further contains a colorant.
  • the coloring materials include chromatic coloring materials, achromatic coloring materials (black or white), and infrared (IR) absorbing materials.
  • chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
  • coloring materials include green coloring materials, red coloring materials, yellow coloring materials, purple coloring materials, blue coloring materials, and orange coloring materials.
  • the coloring material may be a pigment or a dye.
  • the colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, and dioxazine pigments, and more preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, and isoindoline pigments.
  • a black pigment can be used, and examples of the black pigment that can be used include carbon black and pigments containing titanium atoms or zirconium atoms.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
  • Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds.
  • the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2020-070426, diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, and green pigments described in The Journal of the Color Materials Association, Vol. 95, No. 4, pp. 80 to 84, 2022, and the like can also be used as green colorants.
  • the green colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, or 63, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, or 59.
  • red colorant examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds, and more preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds.
  • the red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I.
  • Red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297.
  • the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant.
  • a red colorant Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.
  • the red colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272, or 291, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 264, 272, or 291.
  • yellow colorants examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, azomethine pigment, isoindoline pigment, pteridine pigment, quinophthalone pigment, or perylene pigment, and even more preferably an azo pigment or azomethine pigment.
  • Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I.
  • azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can be used as a yellow colorant.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 7, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 185, or 215, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 7, 129, 138, 139, 150, 185, or 215.
  • Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
  • purple colorants examples include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue colorants examples include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dyes There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, indigo, and pyrromethene dyes.
  • a dye polymer can also be used as a chromatic coloring material.
  • the dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use.
  • the dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • a dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485.
  • Chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-T-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO-A-2020/174991, and isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-160279. or a salt thereof, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • 10-2020-0069067 a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10
  • Compounds represented by formula 1 described in JP-A-2020-0069062 halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in JP-A-6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, and Korean Patent Publication No.
  • Polymer dyes described in JP-A-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, and compounds described in WO 2022/050051 can be used.
  • the chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, in the rod-shaped structure, or in both structures.
  • Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination.
  • the color black may be formed by combining two or more chromatic colors.
  • the black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used.
  • examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, zirconium oxynitride, graphite, etc., and carbon black, titanium black, or zirconium oxynitride is preferred, and titanium black or zirconium oxynitride is more preferred.
  • Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferred. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing aggregation, etc.
  • the surface of titanium black can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide.
  • titanium black has small primary particle diameters and average primary particle diameters of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, and in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, can be mentioned.
  • titanium black products examples include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, and 13M-T (product names: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack D (product name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred.
  • Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include compounds described in JP-T-2010-534726, JP-T-2012-515233, JP-T-2012-515234, WO 2014/208348, and JP-T-2015-525260, and are available, for example, as "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF.
  • Examples of the perylene compound include C.I. Pigment Black 31 and 32.
  • Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available, for example, as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • perylene black such as Lumogen Black FK4280
  • Paliogen Black S0084 described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821 may be used.
  • the infrared (IR) absorbing material can be selected from the infrared absorbing materials described below.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of colorant alone or two or more types. When two or more types of colorants are used, the total amount of the colorants is preferably in the following range. From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the content of the coloring material is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit of the content of the coloring material is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the coloring material is more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.
  • ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ...
  • Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
  • diacetone alcohol also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone
  • 2-methoxypropyl acetate 2-methoxy-1-propanol,
  • the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures).
  • the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
  • the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances.
  • substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substances a method of reducing the environmentally regulated substances by heating or reducing the pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances and distilling off the environmentally regulated substances from the system can be mentioned.
  • a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules.
  • distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid.
  • examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • Examples of the dye skeleton constituting the pigment derivative include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye skeleton, an
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 .
  • Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 .
  • Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
  • R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • the pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative).
  • the maximum molar absorption coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol -1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol -1 cm -1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L mol -1 cm- 1 or more, and may be 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282 A.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure further contains a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound, a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer, and the like. Thiol compounds are preferred because they allow easy adjustment of the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount.
  • the chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.
  • the thiol compound is a compound having one or more thiol groups.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a compound having two or more thiol groups, i.e., a polyfunctional thiol compound.
  • the upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol compound is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol compound is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol compound is a compound having 4 thiol groups.
  • the thiol compound is a compound derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
  • the thiol compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SH-1).
  • L 1 - (SH) n formula (SH-1) In the formula, SH represents a thiol group, L1 represents an n-valent group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • examples of the n-valent group represented by L 1 include a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, or a group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or noncyclic.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting L1 is preferably 3 to 100, and more preferably 6 to 50.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less.
  • the lower limit of n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. It is particularly preferable that n is 4.
  • thiol compounds include compounds with the following structure.
  • Commercially available thiol compounds include PEMP (manufactured by SC Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd., thiol compound), Suncellar M (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., thiol compound), and Karenz MT BD1 (manufactured by Showa Denko K.K., thiol compound).
  • Z 1 to Z 11 each independently represent a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by Z 1 to Z 11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -SR Z1 , -NR Z1 R Z2 , -NR Z1 -NR Z2 R Z3 , -COOR Z1 , -OCOR Z1 , -CONR Z1 R Z2 , -P( ⁇ O)(OR Z1 ) 2 or -O-P( ⁇ O)R Z1 R Z2 (wherein R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are each independently an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), etc.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a cyano group, a carboxy group, etc.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a fused ring heteroaryl group having 2 to 8 fused rings, more preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a fused ring heteroaryl group having 2 to 4 fused rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • bis(thiocarbonyl) disulfide compounds include tetraethyl thiuram disulfide, tetramethyl thiuram disulfide, bis(n-octyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-dodecyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(benzyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-heptyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n- Examples of such disulfides include bis(n-hexylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-pentylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-nony
  • dithioester compounds include 2-phenyl-2-propyl benzothioate, 4-cyano-4-(phenylthiocarbonylthio)pentanoic acid, and 2-cyano-2-propyl benzodithioate.
  • trithiocarbonate compounds include S-(2-cyano-2-propyl)-S-dodecyl trithiocarbonate, 4-cyano-4-[(dodecylsulfanyl-thiocarbonyl)sulfanyl]pentanoic acid, cyanomethyl dodecyl trithiocarbonate, and 2-(dodecylthiocarbonothiolthio)-2-methylpropionic acid.
  • dithiocarbamate compounds include cyanomethylmethyl(phenyl)carbamodithioate and cyanomethyldiphenylcarbamo-dithioate.
  • xanthate compounds include xanthogenate esters.
  • Aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer An example of the aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.
  • RAFT reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer
  • the molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may also contain a polyalkyleneimine.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments.
  • the dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine, and is a polymer having at least a secondary amino group.
  • the polyalkyleneimine may contain a primary amino group or a tertiary amino group in addition to the secondary amino group.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
  • the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used in terms of polystyrene as measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
  • alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine.
  • the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups.
  • Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • an infrared transmission filter is formed using the curable composition of the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorbing agent in the curable composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • Infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, etc.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near-infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, and the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A can also be used.
  • the content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. WO 2022/085485.
  • the ultraviolet absorber the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2021-178918 A and the ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2022-007884 A can be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetane group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No. WO 2022/085485.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
  • the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the curable composition.
  • fluorosurfactants compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485 and fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 can also be used.
  • nonionic surfactant the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
  • the silicone surfactant may be a compound with the following structure, where n is 1 to 200.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the surfactant may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
  • the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
  • a preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
  • a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.).
  • auxiliaries e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.
  • properties such as film properties can be adjusted.
  • the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195421 A, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195422 A, and the like can also be used.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver.
  • the light resistance improver may be the compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid ester.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid ester in the total amount of the curable composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0 (zero).
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably has a low melamine content.
  • the melamine content is preferably 10,000 mass ppm or less in the total amount of the curable composition, and may be 0 (zero).
  • perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts may be restricted.
  • the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a curable composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be selected.
  • Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range.
  • the moisture content of the curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass.
  • the moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc.
  • the value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as needed, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25° C.
  • the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
  • the amount of chloride ions in the curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less.
  • a raw material with a low chloride ion content may be used, and a method of removing chloride ions by washing with water, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc.
  • Known methods may be used to measure chloride ions, and examples of such methods include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
  • the container for storing the curable composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the curable composition.
  • a process for dispersing the pigment when preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
  • grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information System Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A.
  • a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to.
  • beads used for dispersion zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used.
  • inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.
  • the curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably used for exposure using an excimer laser with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the film of the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition of the present disclosure described above.
  • the film of the present disclosure is an example of a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition of the present disclosure.
  • the film of the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters.
  • the film of the present disclosure can be preferably used as a color pixel of a color filter. Examples of the color pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta pixel, a cyan pixel, and a yellow pixel, and the like.
  • the color pixel is preferably a green pixel or a blue pixel, and more preferably a green pixel.
  • the thickness (film thickness) of the film of the present disclosure may be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, and is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the method for producing the cured product of the present disclosure comprises applying a light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm to the curable composition of the present disclosure.
  • the method for producing a film includes a step of irradiating the curable composition of the present disclosure described above with excimer laser light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm include KrF radiation (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF radiation (wavelength 193 nm). Moreover, the light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm is preferably an excimer laser.
  • the shape of the resulting cured product is not particularly limited, but is preferably a film.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support.
  • the film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels).
  • Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition of the present disclosure, a step of exposing the curable composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.
  • the curable composition layer is formed on a support using the curable composition of the present disclosure.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a black matrix for isolating each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
  • the base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the coloring material from the curable composition described in this specification, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in this specification.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used to apply the curable composition.
  • the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
  • the curable composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the curable composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
  • Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line.
  • Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
  • a long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer in the exposure step are dissolved into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred.
  • the developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may also be used.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • the pattern formation by dry etching can also be performed using the method described in paragraph 0216 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the optical element of the present disclosure includes the film of the present disclosure described above.
  • the optical element according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
  • Examples of the optical element include an optical filter, a lens, a prism, a reflecting mirror, a diffraction grating, etc.
  • an optical filter is preferable.
  • the types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters.
  • the color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
  • the film thickness of the film disclosed herein in an optical filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
  • Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is high.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 ⁇ cm or more, more preferably 10 11 ⁇ cm or more.
  • the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 .
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
  • the protective layer may contain additives such as organic/inorganic particles, absorbents for light of a specific wavelength (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesives, and surfactants, as necessary.
  • organic/inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
  • Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of a specific wavelength.
  • the content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
  • the image sensor, solid-state imaging device, and image display device of the present disclosure all include the film of the present disclosure.
  • An image sensor according to the present disclosure comprises a membrane according to the present disclosure.
  • Examples of the image sensor include a solid-state imaging element, an X-ray imaging element, an organic thin-film imaging element, etc.
  • the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging element.
  • the solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.
  • the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc., the same below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned, for example, in a lattice shape, by partitions.
  • the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel.
  • imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
  • the imaging device including the solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device includes the film according to the present disclosure.
  • image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. Definitions of image display devices and details of each image display device are described, for example, in “Electronic Display Devices” (written by Sasaki Akio, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and “Display Devices” (written by Ibuki Yoshiaki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989). Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology” (edited by Uchida Tatsuo, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994). There are no particular limitations on the liquid crystal display devices to which the present disclosure can be applied, and the present disclosure can be applied, for example, to the various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology.”
  • the radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is represented by formula (3).
  • the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3) has a dimer structure and a bulky branched alkyl group, and therefore has high sensitivity, excellent cross-sectional rectangularity when patterned, and excellent hydrolysis resistance. Therefore, it can exist stably over time.
  • X represents a divalent organic group
  • R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X
  • Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group
  • Rx3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring
  • n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  • X, R21 , R22 , n1 and n2 are the same as X, R21 , R22 , n1 and n2 in formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Rx1 , Rx2 and Rx3 in formula (3) are the same as Rx1 , Rx2 and Rx3 in formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the compound represented by formula (3) can be synthesized, for example, according to or with reference to the synthesis method for oxime ester compounds described in WO 2015/152153.
  • An example of a synthesis method for a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3) is shown in the Examples section below.
  • A-1 to 138 and 141 to 165 in the examples are the same compounds as specific examples A-1 to 138 and 141 to 165 of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (1), respectively.
  • the groups represented by R x1 to R x9 and L in X in each compound are as follows: R x1 : phenyl group, R x2 : ethyl group, R x3 : methyl group, R x4 : methyl group, R x5 : n-propyl group, R x6 : n-propyl group, R x7 : methyl group, R x8 : methyl group, R x9 : methyl group, and L: phenylene.
  • Synthesis Example 2 Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-126 1.2 g of A-126 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzothiophene.
  • Synthesis Example 3 Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-144 1.9 g of A-144 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzofuran.
  • Synthesis Example 4 Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-154 1.6 g of A-154 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that pivaloyl chloride was replaced with 1-methyl-1-cyclopropylcarboxylic acid chloride.
  • Synthesis Example 5 Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-156 2.2 g of A-156 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that pivaloyl chloride was replaced with 1-adamantylcarboxylic acid chloride.
  • Example 1 Preparation of red curable composition [Preparation of red pigment dispersion 1] A mixture having the following composition was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then dispersed for 5 hours in an Eiger mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII” manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm. The mixture was then filtered through a 5 ⁇ m filter to prepare red pigment dispersion 1.
  • Coloring material (equal mixture of C.I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. Pigment Red 272, and C.I.
  • Pigment Red 139 60.1 parts
  • Pigment derivative (Syn-1) 10.2 parts
  • Examples 2 to 199 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 Pigment dispersions were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using the components as shown in Tables 1 to 8 below, and then curable compositions were prepared using the obtained pigment dispersions. Note that in Examples 2 to 55, red curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 56 to 114, green curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 115 to 164, blue curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 165 to 175, infrared (IR) absorbing curable compositions were prepared, and in Examples 176 to 199, black or white curable compositions were prepared.
  • IR infrared
  • the curable compositions of Examples 2 to 199 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 contain the same epoxy compound, ultraviolet absorber, surfactant, and polymerization inhibitor as in Example 1 in the same amounts as in Example 1. When two or more coloring materials are contained, they are mixed in equal amounts.
  • Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PG58 C.I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PY129 C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY138 C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 [quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY139 C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY150 C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 [monoazo compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY185 C.I.
  • Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY215 C.I. Pigment Yellow 215 [Pritegin compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PB15:6 C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
  • P-1 Compound with the following structure (diketopyrrolopyrrole boron complex, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group)
  • P-3 Black pigment (Titanium Black (TiOxNy) manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation)
  • P-4 White pigment (titanium oxide (TTO-51(C)) manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha)
  • P-5 Compound having the following structure (xanthene magenta dye)
  • C2-4 Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 23,000, acid value 67 mg KOH/g)
  • C2-H1 Resin with the following structure that does not have a crosslinkable group (Mw 8,500, acid value 82 mgKOH/g)
  • ⁇ Resin> B-1 Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios; Mw 11,000, acid value 69 mgKOH/g)
  • B-2 Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 21,000, double bond equivalent weight 470)
  • B-3 Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 12,000, acid value 80 mg KOH/g)
  • CA-1 to CA-2 Compounds having the following structures
  • the obtained curable layer was exposed to light (KrF line) with a wavelength of 248 nm through a mask having a 0.5 ⁇ m square pattern using a KrF scanner exposure machine under irradiation conditions of illuminance 25000 W/m 2 , pulse width 30 nanoseconds, frequency 40 kHz, and exposure amount 20 to 200 mJ/cm 2.
  • the exposed curable layer was shower-developed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) as a developer.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the obtained pixels were observed at a magnification of 20,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800H, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). Based on the observed images, the sensitivity (exposure sensitivity), rectangularity, hydrolysis resistance, and storage stability were evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • -Sensitivity evaluation The exposure dose required for the pattern line width to reach 0.7 ⁇ m was calculated, and the sensitivity was evaluated according to the following criteria.
  • D The exposure amount is more than 100 mJ/ cm2 and is 200 mJ/ cm2 or less.
  • E The exposure amount exceeds 200 mJ/ cm2 .
  • B The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 90% or more and less than 95% of the width of the upper part, or is more than 105% and 110% or less.
  • C The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 85% or more and less than 90% of the width of the upper part of the pattern, or is more than 110% and less than 115%.
  • D The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 80% or more and less than 85% of the width of the upper part of the pattern, or is more than 115% and 120% or less.
  • E The width of the lower part of the pattern in contact with the silicon wafer is less than 80% or exceeds 120% of the width of the upper part.
  • the viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) of the curable composition was measured using "RE-85L” manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the measurement, the curable composition was left to stand at 45°C, shielded from light, for 3 days, and the viscosity (mPa ⁇ s) was measured again.
  • the storage stability was evaluated from the difference in viscosity ( ⁇ Vis) before and after standing according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the value of the viscosity difference ( ⁇ Vis), the better the storage stability of the curable composition and the better the dispersibility of the pigment.
  • ⁇ Vis is 0.5 mPa ⁇ s or less.
  • the sensitivity was high, and the cross-sectional shape of the formed patterns was excellent in terms of rectangularity.
  • the sensitivity was low compared to the Examples, and the cross-sectional rectangularity of the patterns was also poor.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)

Abstract

One embodiment of the present invention is: a curable composition that contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), a radical curable compound, and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain; a method for producing a cured product; a film; an optical element; an image sensor; a solid-state imaging element; an image display device; and a radical polymerization initiator. In formula (1): X represents a divalent organic group; R11 and R12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group; R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group or a divalent organic group upon being linked with X; and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.

Description

硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤CURABLE COMPOSITION, PROCESS FOR PRODUCING CURED PRODUCT, FILM, OPTICAL ELEMENT, IMAGE SENSOR, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND RADICAL POLYMERIZATION INITIATOR
 本開示は、硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
 カラーフィルタ等の光学フィルタは、色材、光重合開始剤、及び重合性化合物を含む硬化性組成物を用いて製造することが行われている。そして、記録画像の高精細化を図るため、カラーフィルタの画素数が増加し、画素をなすパターンは微細化が進められている。このような状況において、波長光源を、従来のi線(365nm)に代えてi線より短波長のKrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)を用いることが検討され、光解像度を向上させて微細なマスク露光を行うことで、パターンをより精細化する技術が開発されてきている。 Optical filters such as color filters are manufactured using a curable composition that contains a color material, a photopolymerization initiator, and a polymerizable compound. In order to achieve higher definition in recorded images, the number of pixels in color filters is increasing, and pixel patterns are becoming finer. In this situation, the use of a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), which has a shorter wavelength than i-lines, instead of the conventional i-lines (365 nm) as the wavelength light source has been considered, and a technology has been developed to improve the optical resolution and perform fine mask exposure to make patterns more fine.
 具体的な例として、特許文献1には、ジオキシムエステル化合物と紫外線感光性プレポリマー樹脂を含有し、硬化速度が速い等の感光性組成物が開示されている。また、特許文献2には、ケトオキシムエステル系化合物を含有し、高感度な光重合性組成物が開示されている。 As a specific example, Patent Document 1 discloses a photosensitive composition that contains a dioxime ester compound and an ultraviolet-sensitive prepolymer resin and has a fast curing rate. Patent Document 2 discloses a highly sensitive photopolymerizable composition that contains a ketoxime ester compound.
  特許文献1:特表2017-523465号公報
  特許文献2:特開2011-105713号公報
Patent Document 1: JP-T-2017-523465 A Patent Document 2: JP-A-2011-105713 A
 一方、KrFエキシマレーザーは、i線と比較して露光量が低いことが知られている。そのため、i線で露光を行う工程で従来から一般に使用されてきた重合開始剤を含有する組成では、硬化感度が十分に得られない場合があった。また、硬化性組成物の成分として含有される分散剤、樹脂、及びその他添加剤は、その分子中に含まれることがある例えばアミノ基等が重合開始剤に作用して、重合開始剤が経時で加水分解し、硬化感度が経時で低下する減感現象が生じる場合があった。 On the other hand, it is known that the exposure dose of KrF excimer lasers is lower than that of i-lines. For this reason, compositions containing polymerization initiators that have traditionally been used in processes involving exposure to i-lines have sometimes failed to provide sufficient curing sensitivity. In addition, dispersants, resins, and other additives contained as components of curable compositions may contain, for example, amino groups in their molecules, which may act on the polymerization initiator, causing it to hydrolyze over time, resulting in a desensitization phenomenon in which the curing sensitivity decreases over time.
 本開示の一実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、高感度で、かつ、パターン形成した際の断面矩形性に優れる硬化性組成物を提供することにある。
 また、本開示の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記硬化性組成物を用いた硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、及び画像表示装置を提供することにある。
 更に、本開示の他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、新規なラジカル重合開始剤を提供することにある。
An object of one embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a curable composition which has high sensitivity and excellent cross-sectional rectangularity when patterned.
Another problem to be solved by other embodiments of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a cured product using the curable composition, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device.
Furthermore, a problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a novel radical polymerization initiator.
 課題を解決するための具体的手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
 <1> 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤と、ラジカル硬化性化合物と、架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂と、を含む硬化性組成物。
Specific means for solving the problems include the following aspects.
<1> A curable composition comprising a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), a radical curable compound, and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain.
 式(1)中、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。 In formula (1), X represents a divalent organic group; R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group; R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X; and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 <2> 式(1)におけるR11及びR12がそれぞれ独立に、炭素数3以上の基である<1>に記載の硬化性組成物。
 <3> 式(1)におけるR11及びR12がそれぞれ独立に、分岐アルキル基又は脂環アルキル基である<1>又は<2>に記載の硬化性組成物。
 <4> 式(1)におけるR11及びR12がともに同じ基であり、かつ、下記式(4)で表される基であり、R21及びR22がともに同じ基であり、かつ、アルキル基又はアリール基である<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
<2> The curable composition according to <1>, in which R 11 and R 12 in formula (1) each independently represent a group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
<3> The curable composition according to <1> or <2>, in which R 11 and R 12 in formula (1) each independently represent a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic alkyl group.
<4> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, in which R 11 and R 12 in formula (1) are both the same group and are a group represented by the following formula (4), and R 21 and R 22 are both the same group and are an alkyl group or an aryl group:
 式(4)中、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基を表し、Rxは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、*はエステル構造における炭素原子との連結部を表す。
 <5> 式(1)におけるXが、下記(X-1)~(X-14)のいずれかを表す<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
In formula (4), Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a linking portion to a carbon atom in the ester structure.
<5> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein X in formula (1) represents any one of the following (X-1) to (X-14):
 (X-1)~(X-14)中、RX1~RX9はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Lは2価の連結基を表し、*は(ケト)オキシム基との連結部を表す。
 <6> 色材を更に含む<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <7> 多官能チオール化合物を更に含む<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <8> 架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が、アクリル樹脂である<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <9> 架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基及びリン酸基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <10> 架橋性基が、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基である<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <11> ラジカル硬化性化合物の全固形分に対する、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量が15質量%未満である<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <12> 分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量をWC1とし、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量をWとしたとき、質量比WC1/Wの値が、5未満である<11>に記載の硬化性組成物。
 <13> 波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー露光用である<1>~<12>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <14> <1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー光を照射する工程を含む硬化物の製造方法。
 <15> <1>~<13>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。
 <16> <15>に記載の膜を含む光学素子。
 <17> <15>に記載の膜を含むイメージセンサ。
 <18> <15>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <19> <15>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
 <20> 式(3)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤。
In (X-1) to (X-14), R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, L represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
<6> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, further comprising a colorant.
<7> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, further comprising a polyfunctional thiol compound.
<8> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, in which the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain is an acrylic resin.
<9> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.
<10> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the crosslinkable group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
<11> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, in which a content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3,000 is less than 15 mass% based on a total solid content of the radical curable compound.
<12> The curable composition according to <11>, in which a mass ratio W C1 /W A is less than 5, where W C1 is the content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3,000 and W A is the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
<13> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, which is for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
<14> A method for producing a cured product, comprising a step of irradiating the curable composition according to any one of <1> to <13> with excimer laser light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
<15> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of <1> to <13>.
<16> An optical element comprising the film according to <15>.
<17> An image sensor comprising the film according to <15>.
<18> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <15>.
<19> An image display device comprising the film according to <15>.
<20> A radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3):
 式(3)中、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、Rxはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。 In formula (3), X represents a divalent organic group, R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X, Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 本開示の一実施形態によれば、高感度で、かつ、パターン形成した際の断面矩形性に優れる硬化性組成物が提供される。
 また、本開示の他の実施形態によれば、上記硬化性組成物を用いた硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、及び画像表示装置が提供される。
 更に、本開示の他の実施形態によれば、新規なラジカル重合開始剤が提供される。
According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, there is provided a curable composition which has high sensitivity and excellent cross-sectional rectangularity when patterned.
According to other embodiments of the present disclosure, there are provided a method for producing a cured product using the curable composition, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, and an image display device.
Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a novel radical polymerization initiator is provided.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。 The contents of this disclosure are described in detail below. The components described below may be explained based on representative embodiments of this disclosure, but this disclosure is not limited to such embodiments.
 本開示において、「~」を用いて示された数値範囲は、「~」の前に記載される数値を下限値として、「~」の前に記載される数値を上限値として含む範囲を示す。本開示に段階的に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、他の段階的な記載の数値範囲の上限値又は下限値に置き換えてもよい。また、本開示に記載されている数値範囲において、ある数値範囲で記載された上限値又は下限値は、実施例に示されている値に置き換えてもよい。 In this disclosure, a numerical range indicated using "~" indicates a range that includes the numerical value described before "~" as the lower limit and the numerical value described before "~" as the upper limit. In the numerical ranges described in stages in this disclosure, the upper or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with the upper or lower limit of another numerical range described in stages. In addition, in the numerical ranges described in this disclosure, the upper or lower limit described in a certain numerical range may be replaced with a value shown in the examples.
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。 In this specification, when a group (atomic group) is represented, a notation that does not indicate whether it is substituted or unsubstituted includes both groups (atomic groups) that have no substituents and groups (atomic groups) that have a substituent. For example, an "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group that has no substituents (unsubstituted alkyl groups), but also an alkyl group that has a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, "exposure" includes not only exposure using light, but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light as represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams, etc.
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、構造式中のMeはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表し、Buはブチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, in the structural formulae, Me represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 GPCによる測定は、測定装置として、HLC(登録商標)-8020GPC(東ソー(株))を用い、カラムとして、TSKgel(登録商標)Super Multipore HZ-H(4.6mmID×15cm、東ソー(株))を3本用い、溶離液として、THF(テトラヒドロフラン)を用いる。また、測定条件としては、試料濃度を0.45質量%、流速を0.35ml/min、サンプル注入量を10μl、及び測定温度を40℃とし、RI検出器を用いて行う。検量線は、東ソー(株)の「標準試料TSK standard,polystyrene」:「F-40」、「F-20」、「F-4」、「F-1」、「A-5000」、「A-2500」、「A-1000」、及び「n-プロピルベンゼン」の8サンプルから作製する。
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
The measurement by GPC uses an HLC (registered trademark)-8020GPC (Tosoh Corporation) as a measuring device, three TSKgel (registered trademark) Super Multipore HZ-H (4.6 mm ID x 15 cm, Tosoh Corporation) as columns, and THF (tetrahydrofuran) as an eluent. The measurement conditions are a sample concentration of 0.45 mass%, a flow rate of 0.35 ml/min, a sample injection amount of 10 μl, and a measurement temperature of 40 ° C., and is performed using an RI detector. The calibration curve is prepared from eight samples of "Standard sample TSK standard, polystyrene" from Tosoh Corporation: "F-40", "F-20", "F-4", "F-1", "A-5000", "A-2500", "A-1000", and "n-propylbenzene".
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい色材を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、E体及びZ体の立体異性体が存在するオキシム化合物については、特に断りのない限り、特に明示がなくともE体及びZ体のいずれであってもよいものとする。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, a pigment means a coloring material that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the process achieves its intended effect.
In the present specification, for oxime compounds having E- and Z-stereoisomers, unless otherwise specified, either the E- or Z-isomer may be used.
The present disclosure will be described in detail below.
(硬化性組成物)
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤と、ラジカル硬化性化合物と、架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂と、を含む。また、本開示の硬化性組成物は、色材を含むことが好ましく、必要に応じて、更に他の成分を含んでいてもよい。
(Curable Composition)
The curable composition of the present disclosure includes a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), a radical curable compound, and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain. The curable composition of the present disclosure preferably includes a coloring material, and may further include other components as necessary.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、上記構成を採用することにより、高感度であり、パターン形成性に優れ、特に形成されたパターンの断面矩形性に優れる。このような効果が発現する理由は、必ずしも明らかではないが、以下のように推定される。
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、ジ(ケト)オキシム構造を有することによってラジカル重合開始種の発生が促進され、更に、架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が含有されていることにより、ラジカル重合開始剤から発生するラジカル重合開始種が効率よく拡散され、形成されるパターン部の広範に亘って重合反応が良好に進行する。これにより、硬化性組成物は高感度であり、パターンの底部に至るまでの硬化性も向上する。
 上述の特許文献1~2では、(ケト)オキシム部位に嵩高い構造を有する2量体型のラジカル重合開始剤と架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂とを含む組成ではないため、重合開始剤が経時で加水分解してしまい、経時で硬化感度が低下する減感現象を抑制することは困難である。
The curable composition of the present disclosure has high sensitivity and excellent pattern formability, and in particular, the cross-sectional rectangularity of the formed pattern is excellent. The reason why such effects are exhibited is not necessarily clear, but is presumed to be as follows.
The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) has a di(keto)oxime structure, which promotes the generation of radical polymerization initiating species, and further contains a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain, which allows the radical polymerization initiating species generated from the radical polymerization initiator to be efficiently diffused, and the polymerization reaction proceeds well over a wide area of the pattern portion to be formed. As a result, the curable composition has high sensitivity, and the curability up to the bottom of the pattern is also improved.
The above-mentioned Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not have compositions containing a dimer-type radical polymerization initiator having a bulky structure at a (keto)oxime moiety and a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain. Therefore, the polymerization initiator is hydrolyzed over time, making it difficult to suppress the desensitization phenomenon in which the curing sensitivity decreases over time.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、光硬化性組成物として好適に用いることができ、波長150nm~300nmの光による露光用硬化性組成物としてより好適に用いることができ、波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー露光用硬化性組成物として特に好適に
用いることができる。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a photocurable composition, more suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm, and particularly suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。すなわち、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いることができる。画素の種類としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素等が挙げられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters. Examples of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Examples of types of pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
 赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400nm~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400nm~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,000nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400nm~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400nm~1,050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,200nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
Preferred examples of the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm. The infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 1,500 nm.
(2): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 750 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 900 nm to 1,500 nm.
(3): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 830 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,000 nm to 1,500 nm.
(4): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 950 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,500 nm.
(5): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1,050 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,200 nm to 1,500 nm.
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の固形分濃度は、5質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、35質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solids concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
 以下、本開示に係る硬化性組成物に含まれる各成分について説明する。 The components contained in the curable composition according to this disclosure are described below.
<式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、下記式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤(A)を含有す
る。
<Radical Polymerization Initiator Represented by Formula (1)>
The curable composition of the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator (A) represented by the following formula (1).
 式(1)において、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。 In formula (1), X represents a divalent organic group; R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group; R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X; and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 Xは、2価の有機基を表し、吸収母核となり得る。
 Xにおける2価の有機基としては、芳香環基、2以上の芳香環を有する基、及び2以上の芳香環の縮合環が挙げられ、6員芳香環基、2以上の6員芳香環を有する基、及び6員芳香環及び5員芳香環の縮合環が好ましく、3環縮合環、及び6員芳香環及び5員芳香環の縮合環がより好ましい。Xにおける2価の有機基としては、以下の(X-1)~(X-18)が好適に挙げられる。
X represents a divalent organic group and can serve as an absorbing nucleus.
Examples of the divalent organic group in X include an aromatic ring group, a group having two or more aromatic rings, and a condensed ring of two or more aromatic rings, and are preferably a 6-membered aromatic ring group, a group having two or more 6-membered aromatic rings, and a condensed ring of a 6-membered aromatic ring and a 5-membered aromatic ring, and more preferably a condensed ring of a 3-ring, and a condensed ring of a 6-membered aromatic ring and a 5-membered aromatic ring. Suitable examples of the divalent organic group in X include the following (X-1) to (X-18).
 (X-1)~(X-18)において、RX1~RX9はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Lは2価の連結基を表し、*は(ケト)オキシム基との連結部を表す。 In (X-1) to (X-18), R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, L represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
 RX1~RX9におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基等が挙げられる。
 RX1~RX9におけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~12のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等が含まれる。
 Lにおける2価の連結基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基が挙げられ、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group in R X1 to R X9 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
The aryl group in R X1 to R X9 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
The divalent linking group for L includes an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 上記の中でも、Xとしては、(X-1)~(X-14)のいずれかを表すことが好ましい。また、感度の観点から、Xとしては、(X-1)、(X-2)、(X-3)、(X-4)、(X-6)又は(X-8)がより好ましく、2価の3環縮合環基が更に好ましく、(X-2)、(X-4)、(X-6)又は(X-8)が特に好ましく、(X-2)、(X-4)又は(X-6)が最も好ましい。 Among the above, it is preferable that X represents any one of (X-1) to (X-14). From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is more preferable that X represents (X-1), (X-2), (X-3), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and a divalent three-ring condensed ring group is even more preferable, it is particularly preferable that (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and it is most preferable that (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6) is.
 R11及びR12は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表す。中でも、R11及びR12は、嵩高い構造を得て感度及び耐加水分解性の両方を高める観点から、炭素数3以上の基であることが好ましく、炭素数3~12の基であることがより好ましい。更には、耐加水分解性を高めつつ、感度をより一層高める観点から、炭素数4~6のアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 また、R11及びR12は、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状、分岐状若しくは環構造を有するアルキル基又はアリール基であることがより好ましく、感度及び耐加水分解性の両方を高める観点から、分岐アルキル基又は脂環アルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group. Among them, from the viewpoint of obtaining a bulky structure and improving both sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, R 11 and R 12 are preferably groups having 3 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms. Furthermore, from the viewpoint of further increasing sensitivity while improving hydrolysis resistance, it is even more preferable that they are alkyl groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
Moreover, R 11 and R 12 are each preferably independently an alkyl group or an aryl group having a linear, branched or cyclic structure, and from the viewpoint of enhancing both sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, are further preferably a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic alkyl group.
 また、R11及びR12がアルキル基を表す場合、感度と耐加水分解性の両立の観点から、1級アルキル基よりも2級アルキル基又は3級アルキル基が好ましく、3級アルキル基がより好ましい。R11及びR12におけるアルキル基としては、例えば、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、t-アミル基、イソアミル基、ネオペンチル基、sec-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、1-メチル-1-シクロプロピル基、1-メチル-1-シクロブチル基、1-メチル-1-シクロペ
ンチル基、1-メチル-1-シクロヘキシル基、及び1-アダマンチル基のいずれかが好
ましく、t-ブチル基が最も好ましい。
In addition, when R 11 and R 12 each represent an alkyl group, from the viewpoint of achieving both sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, a secondary alkyl group or a tertiary alkyl group is preferable to a primary alkyl group, and a tertiary alkyl group is more preferable. As the alkyl group in R 11 and R 12 , for example, any one of an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-amyl group, an isoamyl group, a neopentyl group, a sec-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a 1-methyl-1-cyclopropyl group, a 1-methyl-1-cyclobutyl group, a 1-methyl-1-cyclopentyl group, a 1-methyl-1-cyclohexyl group, and a 1-adamantyl group is preferable, and a t-butyl group is most preferable.
 R11及びR12におけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基がより好ましい。
 R11及びR12におけるヘテロアリール基としては、炭素数4~20のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、炭素数4~10のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。
 R11及びR12におけるアルコキシ基としては、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。
 R11及びR12におけるアリールオキシ基としては、炭素数6~20のアリールオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。
 R11及びR12におけるヘテロアリールオキシ基としては、炭素数4~20のヘテロアリールオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数4~10のヘテロアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。
 R11及びR12で表される各基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
The aryl group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
The alkoxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The aryloxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryloxy group for R 11 and R 12 is preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
Each of the groups represented by R 11 and R 12 may further have a substituent.
 R11及びR12は、感度及び耐加水分解性の両方を高める観点から、ともに同じ基であることが好ましく、R11及びR12がともに同じ基であり、かつ、下記式(4)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of enhancing both sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, R 11 and R 12 are preferably the same group, and more preferably R 11 and R 12 are the same group and are a group represented by the following formula (4).
 式(4)において、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基を表し、Rxは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、*はエステル構造における炭素原子との連結部を表す。 In formula (4), Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a linking portion to a carbon atom in the ester structure.
 Rx及びRxにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基が好ましい。
 Rxにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基が挙げられ、メチル基が好ましい。
The alkyl group in Rx1 and Rx2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, with a methyl group and an ethyl group being preferred.
The alkyl group for Rx3 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group, with a methyl group being preferred.
 R11及びR12で表される基の具体例を以下に示す。但し、これらに制限されるものではない。なお、各基の「*」は結合手を示す。 Specific examples of groups represented by R11 and R12 are shown below. However, the examples are not limited to these. In addition, "*" in each group indicates a bond.
 R11及びR12としては、(R-4)~(R-14)が好ましく、(R-6)、(R-7)、(R-12)、(R-13)、及び(R-14)がより好ましく、(R-6)が最も好ましい。 As R 11 and R 12 , (R-4) to (R-14) are preferable, (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) and (R-14) are more preferable, and (R-6) is the most preferable.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤としては、Xが(X-2)、(X-4)、(X-6)又は(X-8)であって、R11及びR12が(R-6)、(R-7)、(R-12)、(R-13)又は(R-14)である場合が特に好ましく、Xが(X-2)、(X-4)又は(X-6)であって、R11及びR12が(R-6)である場合が最も好まし
い。
As the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1), it is particularly preferred that X is (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) or (R-14), and it is most preferred that X is (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6).
 R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表す。R21及びR22は、感度の観点から、ともに同じ基であることが好ましい。 R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 21 and R 22 are preferably the same group.
 R21及びR22における一価の有機基は、感度の観点から、無置換の直鎖状、分岐状若しくは環構造を有するアルキル基、アリール基、又は、下記A群から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基を有するアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基、又は、下記A群から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基を有するアルキル基であることがより好ましく、下記A群から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基を有するアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、下記B群から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基を有するアルキル基であることが特に好ましく、下記C群から選択される少なくとも1つの置換基を有するアルキル基であることが最も好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the monovalent organic group in R 21 and R 22 is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group having a linear, branched or cyclic structure, an aryl group, or an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, more preferably a methyl group or an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, even more preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group A, particularly preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group B, and most preferably an alkyl group having at least one substituent selected from the following Group C.
-A群-
 シアノ基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-N(R、-SR、-COOH、-OR、-O-COR、-O-CO-OR、-CONR、-NR-CO-R、-O-CO-NR、-NR-CO-OR、-NR-CO-NR、-SO-R、-SO-R、-O-SO-R、-SO-NR、-NR-SO-R、-CO-NR-COR、-CO-NR-SO-R、-SO-NR-CO-R、-SO-NR-SO-R、-Si(R(OR、ヘテロ環基、及び、-O(RO)-R
 ここで、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基、アリーレン基又はこれらを2以上組み合わせた基を表し、L及びKはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表し、L+K=3を満たし、Jは1~100の整数を表す。
-B群-
 アルケニル基、-N(R、-SR、-OR
-C群-
 -N(R、-SR、-OR
- Group A -
Cyano group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, -N(R a ) 2 , -SR a , -COOH, -OR a , -O-COR c , -O-CO-OR c , -CONR a R b , -NR a -CO-R b , -O-CO-NR a R b , -NR a -CO-OR b , -NR a -CO-NR a R b , -SO-R c , -SO 2 -R c , -O-SO 2 -R c , -SO 2 -NR a R b , -NR a -SO 2 -R a , -CO-NR a -COR b , -CO-NR a -SO 2 -R b , -SO 2 -NR a -CO-R b , -SO 2 -NR a -SO 2 -R c , -Si(R a ) L (OR b ) K , a heterocyclic group, and -O(R d O) J -R a
Here, R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; R c represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group; R d each independently represent an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a group combining two or more of these; L and K each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, satisfying L+K=3; and J represents an integer of 1 to 100.
- Group B -
Alkenyl groups, -N(R a ) 2 , -SR a , -OR a
- Group C -
-N(R a ) 2 , -SR a , -OR a
 ここで、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表す。Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましく、シクロアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 Rは、アルキル基又はアリール基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、アルキレン基であることが好ましく、エチレン基又はプロピレン基であることがより好ましい。
 また、上記R~Rのうちの2以上が結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
Here, each R a independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group. Each R a independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group, more preferably an alkyl group, and particularly preferably a cycloalkyl group.
Each R b is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group.
R c is preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group.
Each Rd is preferably an alkylene group, and more preferably an ethylene group or a propylene group.
Two or more of the above R a to R c may be bonded to form a ring structure.
 R21及びR22における一価の有機基として、下記式(2)で表される基が好ましい。 As the monovalent organic group for R 21 and R 22 , a group represented by the following formula (2) is preferable.
 式(2)中、Rはアルキル基を表し、ただし、LがCHRである場合、Rは水素原子であってもよく、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rはアルキル基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R、R、R及びRのうちの2つ以上は互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよく、Zは単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、*はオキシム基との連結部を表す。 In formula (2), R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom, R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R4 represents an alkyl group, L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S or NR, R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of R2 , R3 , R4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, Z represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and * represents a linking portion with the oxime group.
 式(2)におけるRは、感度の観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましい。
 式(2)におけるRは、感度の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(2)におけるRは、感度の観点から、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 中でも、ラジカル重合性化合物との相溶性、及び、感度の観点から、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成していることが好ましく、R及びRは互いに結合して脂肪族炭化水素環構造を形成していることがより好ましい。
 式(2)におけるLは、感度の観点から、O、S又はNRであることが好ましく、O又はNRであることがより好ましい。
 式(2)におけるLは、感度の観点から、CHRであることが好ましい。
 上記NRにおけるRは、感度の観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はシクロアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基、シクロペンチル基又はシクロヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。
 上記CHRにおけるRは、感度の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(2)におけるZは、感度の観点から、単結合又は炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、単結合、メチレン基又はエチレン基であることがより好ましく、単結合であることが特に好ましい。
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R2 in formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 3 in formula (2) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 4 in formula (2) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Among these, from the viewpoints of compatibility with the radical polymerizable compound and sensitivity, it is preferable that R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and it is more preferable that R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
In terms of sensitivity, L 1 in formula (2) is preferably O, S or NR, and more preferably O or NR.
In terms of sensitivity, L2 in formula (2) is preferably CHR.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R in the above NR is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably a methyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R in the above CHR is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In terms of sensitivity, Z in formula (2) is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
 また、式(1)におけるR21及びR22は、感度の観点から、下記式(2-1)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 21 and R 22 in formula (1) are more preferably groups represented by the following formula (2-1).
 式(2-1)中、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、Lは炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Zは単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、*はオキシム基との連結部を表す。 In formula (2-1), R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, L1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, R each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Z represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and * represents a linking portion to the oxime group.
 式(2-1)におけるR、L、L、R及びZの好ましい態様はそれぞれ、式(2)におけるR、L、L、R及びZの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(2-1)におけるLは、感度の観点から、炭素数3又は4のアルキレン基である
ことが好ましく、1,3-プロピレン基であることがより好ましい。
Preferred embodiments of R 3 , L 1 , L 2 , R and Z in formula (2-1) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R 3 , L 1 , L 2 , R and Z in formula (2), respectively.
In terms of sensitivity, L 3 A in formula (2-1) is preferably an alkylene group having 3 or 4 carbon atoms, and more preferably a 1,3-propylene group.
 また、式(1)におけるR21及びR22は、感度の観点から、下記式(3)で表される基であることが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 21 and R 22 in formula (1) are more preferably a group represented by the following formula (3).
 式(3)中、L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、L及びLのうちの少なくとも1つはCHRであり、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、pは1~6の整数を表し、*は(ケト)オキシム基との連結部を表す。 In formula (3), L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, p represents an integer of 1 to 6, and * represents a linking portion to the (keto)oxime group.
 式(3)におけるLは、感度の観点から、O、S又はNRであることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるLは、感度の観点から、CHRであることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるRの好ましい態様は、式(2)におけるRの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(3)におけるRは、感度の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるpは、感度の観点から、3~5の整数であることが好ましく、3又は4であることがより好ましく、3であることが特に好ましい。
In terms of sensitivity, L3 in formula (3) is preferably O, S or NR.
In terms of sensitivity, L4 in formula (3) is preferably CHR.
The preferred embodiments of R in formula (3) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R in formula (2).
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, R 5 in formula (3) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the formula (3), p is preferably an integer of 3 to 5, more preferably 3 or 4, and particularly preferably 3, from the viewpoint of sensitivity.
 R21及びR22で表される基の具体例を以下に示す。なお、「*」は、(ケト)オキシム基との結合位置を表す。 Specific examples of the groups represented by R 21 and R 22 are shown below. In addition, "*" indicates the bonding position with the (keto)oxime group.
 中でも、感度の観点から、Y-1、Y-2、Y-3、Y-12、Y-13、Y-14、Y-15、Y-16、Y-17及びY-18よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、Y-2、Y-13、Y-14、Y-15、Y-16、Y-17及びY-18よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることがより好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable that the group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-1, Y-2, Y-3, Y-12, Y-13, Y-14, Y-15, Y-16, Y-17, and Y-18, and it is more preferable that the group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-2, Y-13, Y-14, Y-15, Y-16, Y-17, and Y-18.
 式(1)において、更には、感度と耐加水分解性とを向上する観点から、R11及びR12がともに同じ基である場合が好ましい。 In formula (1), furthermore, from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance, it is preferable that R 11 and R 12 are both the same group.
 n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。 n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、オキシム基又はケトオキシム基を有する。
 オキシム基又はケトオキシム基は、下記式(A1)又は下記(A2)で表される基であ
る。つまり、オキシム基又はケトオキシム基は、幾何異性体E体(A1)であってもよいし、幾何異性体Z体(A2)であってもよい。また、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、オキシム基又はケトオキシム基が幾何異性体E体(A1)であるもの及び幾何異性体Z体(A2)であるものが混合したものでもよい。
The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) has an oxime group or a ketoxime group.
The oxime group or ketoxime group is a group represented by the following formula (A1) or (A2). That is, the oxime group or ketoxime group may be the geometric isomer E (A1) or the geometric isomer Z (A2). The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) may be a mixture of an oxime group or ketoxime group in the geometric isomer E (A1) and an oxime group in the geometric isomer Z (A2).
 式(A1)及び式(A2)において、R1aは、式(1)のR11及びR12と同義であり、R2aは、式(1)のR21及びR22と同義である。nは、0又は1を表し、「*」は、式(1)のXとの結合部を表す。式(A1)及び式(A2)で表される基は、nが0であるときオキシム基となり、nが1であるときケトオキシム基となる。本開示では、感度及び耐加水分解性の点でケトオキシム基であることが好ましい。 In formula (A1) and formula (A2), R 1a has the same meaning as R 11 and R 12 in formula (1), and R 2a has the same meaning as R 21 and R 22 in formula (1). n represents 0 or 1, and "*" represents a bond to X in formula (1). The groups represented by formula (A1) and formula (A2) are oxime groups when n is 0, and are ketoxime groups when n is 1. In the present disclosure, a ketoxime group is preferred in terms of sensitivity and hydrolysis resistance.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、1分子中のオキシムが複数存在する場合、E体とZ体が混合していてもよい。式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤がE体及びZ体を含む場合、Z体に対するE体の比率(E/Z)は、100/0~1/99が好ましく、100/0~50/50がより好ましく、100/0~80/20が更に好ましく、100/0~90/10が特に好ましい。 When the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) contains multiple oximes in one molecule, the E isomer and the Z isomer may be mixed. When the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) contains E and Z isomers, the ratio of E to Z isomers (E/Z) is preferably 100/0 to 1/99, more preferably 100/0 to 50/50, even more preferably 100/0 to 80/20, and particularly preferably 100/0 to 90/10.
 本開示の硬化性組成物が分散剤を含み、その分散剤がポリエチレンイミン等のアミノ基を有している場合、硬化性組成物中の重合開始剤の加水分解が促進されやすい。本開示の硬化性組成物では、開始剤成分として式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤を含むため、アミノ基に起因して生じやすい加水分解反応を抑制することができる。これにより、保存安定性に優れたものとなる。 When the curable composition of the present disclosure contains a dispersant and the dispersant has an amino group such as polyethyleneimine, hydrolysis of the polymerization initiator in the curable composition is likely to be accelerated. The curable composition of the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) as the initiator component, so that the hydrolysis reaction that is likely to occur due to the amino group can be suppressed. This results in excellent storage stability.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の分子量としては、感度の点で低分子量であることが好ましく、200~2000がより好ましく、300~1000が更に好ましく、400~900が特に更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is preferably low in terms of sensitivity, more preferably 200 to 2000, even more preferably 300 to 1000, and particularly preferably 400 to 900.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、KrF光(波長248nm)とi線(波長365nm)とに吸収を有していることが好ましい。波長248nmにおけるモル吸収係数は5000以上が好ましく、10000以上がより好ましく、20000以上がさらに好ましく、30000以上が特に好ましい。波長248nmにおけるモル吸収係数の上限は特に限定されないが、200000未満が一般的である。また、波長365nmにおけるモル吸収係数は、5000以上が好ましく、10000以上がより好ましく、20000以上がさらに好ましく、30000以上が特に好ましい。波長365nmにおけるモル吸収係数の上限は特に限定されないが、200000未満が一般的である。吸収が高いことで、感度とパターン矩形性が良好となる。
 また、吸収の長波端(モル吸収係数が100未満となる最も長い波長)は、500nm以下であることが好ましく、450nm以下であることがより好ましく、420nm以下であることが更に好ましい。上記の波長領域であることで、黄色灯かぶりを防ぎ、合成時の光安定性に優れ、また重合開始剤が黄色を呈しないため、着色パターン(例えば、着色
画素を有するカラーフィルタ)の色再現性が良好になる。
The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) preferably has absorption in KrF light (wavelength 248 nm) and i-line (wavelength 365 nm). The molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 248 nm is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 10000 or more, even more preferably 20000 or more, and particularly preferably 30000 or more. The upper limit of the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 248 nm is not particularly limited, but is generally less than 200000. The molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 5000 or more, more preferably 10000 or more, even more preferably 20000 or more, and particularly preferably 30000 or more. The upper limit of the molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm is not particularly limited, but is generally less than 200000. High absorption leads to good sensitivity and pattern rectangularity.
The long wavelength end of absorption (the longest wavelength at which the molar absorption coefficient is less than 100) is preferably 500 nm or less, more preferably 450 nm or less, and even more preferably 420 nm or less. The above wavelength range prevents yellow light fogging, provides excellent light stability during synthesis, and the polymerization initiator does not exhibit yellow color, resulting in good color reproducibility of a colored pattern (for example, a color filter having colored pixels).
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、一部加水分解してオキシムの状態で混入していてもよい。感度の観点から、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤100質量部に対して、加水分解したラジカル重合開始剤の量が1質量部未満であることが好ましく、0.5質量部未満であることがより好ましい。上記量の下限は限定されないが、0.001質量部未満が一般的である。 The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) may be partially hydrolyzed and mixed in in the form of an oxime. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the amount of hydrolyzed radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 1 part by mass, and more preferably less than 0.5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1). There is no lower limit to the amount, but it is generally less than 0.001 parts by mass.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の一部が加水分解してオキシムの状態で混入している場合、オキシムとエステルを形成していたカルボン酸は遊離しやすい。感度の観点から、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤100質量部に対して、遊離カルボン酸の量は、1質量部未満であることが好ましく、0.5質量部未満であることがより好ましい。上記量の下限は限定されないが、0.001質量部未満が一般的である。 If part of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is hydrolyzed and mixed in the form of an oxime, the carboxylic acid that formed an ester with the oxime is likely to be liberated. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the amount of free carboxylic acid is preferably less than 1 part by mass, and more preferably less than 0.5 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1). There is no lower limit to the above amount, but it is generally less than 0.001 parts by mass.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の具体例を以下に示す。但し、これらに制限されるものではない。なお、下記表の具体例におけるX、R11、R12、R21、R22、n1及びn2は、それぞれ、一般式(1)中のX、R11、R12、R21、R22、n1及びn2と同義である。 Specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) are shown below. However, the examples are not limited thereto. In addition, X, R 11 , R 12 , R 21 , R 22 , n1 and n2 in the specific examples in the table below are the same as X, R 11 , R 12 , R 21 , R 22 , n1 and n2 in general formula (1), respectively.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤を、1種単独で含んでいてもよいし、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上を含む場合、合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、感度の観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01質量%~20質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~15質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~10質量%が更に好ましく、0.1質量%~5質量%が特に好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) alone or two or more radical polymerization initiators. When two or more radical polymerization initiators are contained, the total amount is preferably within the following range.
The content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, preferably 0.01 mass % to 20 mass %, more preferably 0.05 mass % to 15 mass %, still more preferably 0.1 mass % to 10 mass %, and particularly preferably 0.1 mass % to 5 mass %, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
<その他のラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤以外の他のラジカル光重合開始剤(以下、単に光重合開始剤ともいう)を含有してもよい。
 光重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、公知の光重合開始剤の中から適宜選択することができる。例えば、紫外線領域から可視領域の光線に対して感光性を有する化合物が好ましい。光重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましい。
<Other radical polymerization initiators>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a radical photopolymerization initiator (hereinafter also simply referred to as a photopolymerization initiator) other than the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light in the ultraviolet to visible range is preferred. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤としては、ハロゲン化炭化水素誘導体(例えば、トリアジン骨格を有する化合物、オキサジアゾール骨格を有する化合物など)、アシルホスフィン化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オキシム化合物、有機過酸化物、チオ化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族オニウム塩、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物などが挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、露光感度の観点から、トリハロメチルトリアジン化合物、ベンジルジメチルケタール化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物、ホスフィンオキサイド化合物、メタロセン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、オニウム化合物、ベンゾチアゾール化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、アセトフェノン化合物、シクロペンタジエン-ベンゼン-鉄錯体、ハロメチルオキサジアゾール化合物及び3-アリール置換クマリン化合物であることが好ましく、オキシム化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物から選ばれる化合物であることがより好ましく、オキシム化合物であることが更に好ましい。また、光重合開始剤としては、特開2014-130173号公報の段落0065~0111に記載された化合物、特許第6301489号公報に記載された化合物、MATERIAL STAGE 37~60p,vol.19,No.3,2019に記載されたパーオキサイド系光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/221177号に記載の光重合開始剤、国際公開第2018/110179号に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-043864号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開201
9-044030号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2019-167313号公報に記載の過酸化物系開始剤、特開2020-055992号公報に記載のオキサゾリジン基を有するアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特開2013-190459号公報に記載のオキシム系光重合開始剤、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の開始剤、台湾特許出願公開第202200534号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-078550号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0087330号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/075452号に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (e.g., compounds having a triazine skeleton, compounds having an oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), acylphosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, oxime compounds, organic peroxides, thio compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxyketone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is preferably a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzyldimethylketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, an acylphosphine compound, a phosphine oxide compound, a metallocene compound, an oxime compound, a hexaarylbiimidazole compound, an onium compound, a benzothiazole compound, a benzophenone compound, an acetophenone compound, a cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron complex, a halomethyloxadiazole compound, or a 3-aryl substituted coumarin compound, more preferably a compound selected from an oxime compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, or an acylphosphine compound, and even more preferably an oxime compound. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6301489 A, the peroxide-based photopolymerization initiators described in MATERIAL STAGE 37 to 60p, vol. 19, No. 3, 2019, the photopolymerization initiators described in WO 2018/221177 A, the photopolymerization initiators described in WO 2018/110179 A, the photopolymerization initiators described in JP 2019-043864 A, and the photopolymerization initiators described in JP 201
Photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-9-044030, peroxide-based initiators described in JP-A-2019-167313, aminoacetophenone-based initiators having an oxazolidine group described in JP-A-2020-055992, oxime-based photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2013-190459, polymers described in JP-A-2020-172619, compounds represented by formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120, compounds described in JP-A-2021-181406, photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2022-013379, and described in JP-A-2022-015747 Compounds represented by the formula (1), fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiators described in JP-T-2021-507058, initiators described in China Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, initiators described in JP-T-2022-518535, initiators described in WO 2021/175855, compounds described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compounds described in JP-A-2022-078550, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, compounds described in WO 2022/075452, and the like.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物の具体例としては、2,2’,4-トリス(2-クロロフェニル)-5-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)-4,5-ジフェニル-1,1’-ビイミダゾールなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include 2,2',4-tris(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-4,5-diphenyl-1,1'-biimidazole.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 184、Omnirad 1173、Omnirad 2959、Omnirad 127(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 184、Irgacure 1173、Irgacure 2959、Irgacure 127(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。α-アミノケトン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 907、Omnirad 369、Omnirad 369E、Omnirad 379EG(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 907、Irgacure 369、Irgacure 369E、Irgacure 379EG(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。アシルホスフィン化合物の市販品としては、Omnirad 819、Omnirad TPO(以上、IGM Resins B.V.社製)、Irgacure 819、Irgacure TPO(以上、BASF社製)などが挙げられる。 Commercially available α-hydroxyketone compounds include Omnirad 184, Omnirad 1173, Omnirad 2959, Omnirad 127 (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 184, Irgacure 1173, Irgacure 2959, Irgacure 127 (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available α-aminoketone compounds include Omnirad 907, Omnirad 369, Omnirad 369E, Omnirad 379EG (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 907, Irgacure 369, Irgacure 369E, Irgacure 379EG (all manufactured by BASF), etc. Commercially available acylphosphine compounds include Omnirad 819, Omnirad TPO (all manufactured by IGM Resins B.V.), Irgacure 819, Irgacure TPO (all manufactured by BASF), etc.
 オキシム化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0142に記載の化合物、特許第5430746号公報に記載の化合物、特許第5647738号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0022から0024に記載の化合物、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される化合物や段落0117から0120に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-301、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(TRONLY社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)が挙げられる。また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930
(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in paragraph 0142 of WO 2022/085485, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5,430,746, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 5,647,738, the compounds represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-173858, the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024, the compounds represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-170089, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120. Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, and Irgacure OXE04 (manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-301, TR-PBG-304, and TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by TRONLY), and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052). In addition, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a compound that is not colorable or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor. Commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930.
(All of the above are manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 光重合開始剤としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落番号0143~0149に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom, an oxime compound having a nitro group, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton, or a compound described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-1)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。この態様によれば、硬化性組成物の感度をより高めることができる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-1) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
 式(OX-1)中、X1aは、芳香族環及び複素環からなる群より選ばれる少なくとも1種を含む2価の連結基を表し、
 R1aは水素原子又はアシル基を表し、
 R2aはアルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 R3a及びR4aはそれぞれ独立して水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 Alk及びAlkはそれぞれ独立してアルキル基を表し、
 R3aとR4aは結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 AlkとAlkは結合して環を形成していてもよく、
 nは0又は1を表す。
In formula (OX-1), X 1a represents a divalent linking group containing at least one ring selected from the group consisting of an aromatic ring and a heterocycle;
R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group;
R2a represents an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group;
R 3a and R 4a may be bonded to form a ring;
Alk 1 and Alk 2 may be linked to form a ring;
n represents 0 or 1.
 式(OX-1)のX1aが表す2価の連結基としては、2価の芳香族環基、2価の複素環基、2以上の芳香族環を単結合又は連結基を介して結合した2価の基、2以上の複素環を単結合又は連結基を介して結合した2価の基、芳香族環と複素環を単結合又は連結基を介して結合した2価の基が挙げられる。上記連結基としては、-CH-、-O-、-CO-、-S-、-NR-及びこれらを組み合わせた基などが挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by X 1a in formula (OX-1) include a divalent aromatic ring group, a divalent heterocyclic group, a divalent group in which two or more aromatic rings are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, a divalent group in which two or more heterocycles are bonded via a single bond or a linking group, and a divalent group in which an aromatic ring and a heterocycle are bonded via a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include -CH 2 -, -O-, -CO-, -S-, -NR x -, and groups combining these. R x represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
 式(OX-1)のX1aは、式(X-1)~(X-13)のいずれで表される基であることが好ましく、式(X-1)、式(X-2)、式(X-4)、式(X-6)又は式(X-8)で表される基であることがより好ましく、式(X-2)又は式(X-6)で表される基であることが更に好ましい。 X 1a in formula (OX-1) is preferably a group represented by any one of formulas (X-1) to (X-13), more preferably a group represented by formula (X-1), formula (X-2), formula (X-4), formula (X-6) or formula (X-8), and further preferably a group represented by formula (X-2) or formula (X-6).
 式中、RX1~RX9は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基又は複素環基を表す。*は、連結部を表す。 In the formula, R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. * represents a linking portion.
 RX1~RX9が表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
 RX1~RX9が表すアルケニル基の炭素数は、2~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。アルケニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルケニル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10. The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkenyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
 RX1~RX9が表すアルキニル基の炭素数は、2~15であることが好ましく、2~10であることがより好ましい。アルキニル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキニル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkynyl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 2 to 15, and more preferably 2 to 10. The alkynyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkynyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.
 RX1~RX9が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
 RX1~RX9が表す複素環基は、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子は、酸素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3個が好ましい。複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R X1 to R X9 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and an aryl group.
 式(OX-1)のR1aは水素原子又はアシル基を表し、アシル基であることが好まし
い。
 R1aが表すアシル基は、-C(O)-R101で表される基であることが好ましい。R101は、アリール基又は複素環基を表し、アリール基であることが好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), R 1a represents a hydrogen atom or an acyl group, and is preferably an acyl group.
The acyl group represented by R 1a is preferably a group represented by —C(O)—R 101. R 101 represents an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and is preferably an aryl group.
 R101が表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アリールアミノ基、アシル基などが挙げられる。R101が表すアリール基は、フェニル基、メチルフェニル基又はナフチル基であることが好ましく、メチルフェニル基又はナフチル基であることがより好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably 6 to 20, and more preferably 6 to 12. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylamino group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an arylamino group, and an acyl group. The aryl group represented by R 101 is preferably a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a methylphenyl group or a naphthyl group.
 R101が表す複素環基は、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子は、酸素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子が好ましい。複素環基が有するヘテロ原子の数は、1~3個が好ましい。複素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールオキシ基、アリールチオ基、アリールアミノ基、アシル基などが挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 101 is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group are preferably an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom. The number of heteroatoms contained in the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkylamino group, an aryloxy group, an arylthio group, an arylamino group, and an acyl group.
 式(OX-1)のR2aは、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、発生ラジカルの反応性が高いという理由からアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R2aが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖又は分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。R2aが表すアルキル基は、無置換の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基であることが好ましく、無置換の直鎖のアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 R2aが表すアリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアリール基であることが好ましい。
R 2a in formula (OX-1) represents an alkyl group or an aryl group, and is preferably an alkyl group because the reactivity of the generated radical is high.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R 2a is preferably an unsubstituted linear or branched alkyl group, and more preferably an unsubstituted linear alkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group represented by R 2a is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, still more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted aryl group.
 式(OX-1)のR3a及びR4aは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 R3a及びR4aが表すアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖又は分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 R3aとR4aは結合して環を形成していてもよい。形成される環は、5員環又は6員環の環であることが好ましく、5員環又は6員環の脂肪族炭化水素環であることがより好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), R 3a and R 4a each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and preferably a hydrogen atom.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R 3a and R 4a is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
R3a and R4a may be bonded to form a ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring.
 式(OX-1)のAlk及びAlkは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基を表す。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましく、1~5であることが更に好ましく、1~3であることがより一層好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよいが、直鎖又は分岐であることが好ましく、直鎖であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよいが、無置換のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 AlkとAlkは結合して環を形成していてもよく、環を形成していることが好ましい。形成される環は、5員環又は6員環の環であることが好ましく、5員環又は6員環
の脂肪族炭化水素環であることがより好ましく、シクロペンタン環又はシクロヘキサン環であることがより好ましい。
In formula (OX-1), Alk 1 and Alk 2 each independently represent an alkyl group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, but is preferably linear or branched, and more preferably linear. The alkyl group may have a substituent, but is preferably an unsubstituted alkyl group.
Alk1 and Alk2 may be bonded to form a ring, and preferably form a ring. The ring formed is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably a cyclopentane ring or a cyclohexane ring.
 式(OX-1)のnは、0又は1を表し、0であることが好ましい。 In formula (OX-1), n represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
 式(OX-1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、特開2012-113104号公報の段落番号0092~0096に記載の化合物、特開2012-189997号公報の段落番号0041に記載の化合物などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (OX-1) include the compounds described in paragraphs 0092 to 0096 of JP2012-113104A and the compounds described in paragraph 0041 of JP2012-189997A.
 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-2)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。この態様によれば、硬化性組成物の感度をより高めることができる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-2) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
 式(OX-2)中、R1b及びR2bはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、R3b~R7bは、それぞれ独立して水素原子又は置換基を表し、Ar1bは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基又は置換基を有していてもよい複素環基を表し、nは0又は1を表す。 In formula (OX-2), R 1b and R 2b each independently represent a substituent, R 3b to R 7b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and n represents 0 or 1.
 R1b及びR2bが表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が好適に挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。 Suitable examples of the substituent represented by R 1b and R 2b include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
 R3b~R7bが表す置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基及びアリール基が好適に挙げられる。アルキル基及びアリール基としては、R1b及びR2bが表す置換基におけるアルキル基及びアリール基と同義である。
 R3b~R7bは、水素原子であることが好ましい。
Suitable examples of the substituents represented by R 3b to R 7b include a halogen atom, an alkyl group and an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group have the same meaning as the alkyl group and aryl group in the substituents represented by R 1b and R 2b .
R 3b to R 7b are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Ar1bは、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基又は置換基を有していてもよい複素環基を表し、Ar1bは置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基は、ベンゼン環基又はナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基及びアシル基が挙げられ、アシル基であることが好ましい。アシル基としては、式(OX-1)のR1aにおけるアシル基と同義である。 Ar 1b represents an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Ar 1b is preferably an aromatic ring group which may have a substituent. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable. The acyl group has the same meaning as the acyl group in R 1a of formula (OX-1).
 光重合開始剤としては、式(OX-3)で表される化合物を用いることもできる。この態様によれば、硬化性組成物の感度をより高めることができる。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a compound represented by formula (OX-3) can also be used. According to this embodiment, the sensitivity of the curable composition can be further increased.
 式(OX-3)中、Ar1cは(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基又は(k+m+1)価の複素環基を表し、
 Ar2cは(k+2)価の芳香族環基又は(k+2)価の複素環基を表し、
 R1c~R3cはそれぞれ独立して置換基を表し、
 L1cは単結合又はCR11c12cを表し、R11c及びR12cはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 X1cは-C-、-N-、-O-又は-S-を表し、
 kは0又は1を表し、mは0~4の整数を表し、nは0又は1を表す。
In formula (OX-3), Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group;
Ar 2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group;
R 1c to R 3c each independently represent a substituent;
L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c , and R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
X 1c represents -C-, -N-, -O- or -S-;
k represents 0 or 1; m represents an integer of 0 to 4; and n represents 0 or 1.
 R1c及びR2cが表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が好適に挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~15であることが好ましく、1~10であることがより好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。アリール基の炭素数は、6~20が好ましく、6~12がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましく、6が特に好ましい。アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、複素環基などが挙げられる。
 R2cは、分岐又は環状構造を有するアルキル基であることが好ましい。
Suitable examples of the substituent represented by R 1c and R 2c include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 15, and more preferably 1 to 10. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkyl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 12, even more preferably 6 to 10, and particularly preferably 6. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, and a heterocyclic group.
R 2c is preferably an alkyl group having a branched or cyclic structure.
 R3cが表す置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基及びアシル基が挙げられ、アシル基であることが好ましい。アシル基としては、式(OX-1)のR1aにおけるアシル基と同義である。 Examples of the substituent represented by R 3c include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, and an acyl group, and an acyl group is preferable. The acyl group has the same meaning as the acyl group in R 1a of formula (OX-1).
 L1cは、単結合又はCR11c12cを表し、R11c及びR12cはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。R11c及びR12cにおけるアルキル基及びアリール基は、R1c及びR2cにおけるアルキル基及びアリール基と同義である。k=1である場合、L1cは単結合であることが好ましい。 L 1c represents a single bond or CR 11c R 12c , and R 11c and R 12c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group in R 11c and R 12c have the same meaning as the alkyl group and aryl group in R 1c and R 2c . When k=1, L 1c is preferably a single bond.
 X1cは、-C-、-N-、-O-又は-S-を表し、-O-又は-S-が好ましい。 X 1c represents -C-, -N-, -O- or -S-, and is preferably -O- or -S-.
 Ar1cは(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基又は(k+m+1)価の複素環基を表し、(k+m+1)価の芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基はベンゼン環基又はナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。 Ar 1c represents a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+m+1)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+m+1)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
 Ar2cは(k+2)価の芳香族環基又は(k+2)価の複素環基を表し、(k+2)価の芳香族環基であることが好ましい。芳香族環基はベンゼン環基又はナフタレン環基であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環基であることがより好ましい。 Ar2c represents a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group or a (k+2)-valent heterocyclic group, and is preferably a (k+2)-valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is preferably a benzene ring group or a naphthalene ring group, and more preferably a benzene ring group.
 kは0又は1を表し、0であることが好ましい。
 mは0~4の整数を表し、0又は1であることが好ましく、1であることがより好まし
い。
 nは0又は1を表し、0であることが好ましい。
k represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
m represents an integer of 0 to 4, preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 1.
n represents 0 or 1, and is preferably 0.
 本開示において好ましいオキシム化合物の具体例を以下に示す。ただし、本開示はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of preferred oxime compounds in this disclosure are shown below. However, this disclosure is not limited to these.
 オキシム化合物は、波長350~500nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物が好ましく、波長360~480nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物がより好ましい。また、オキシム化合物の波長365nm又は波長405nmにおけるモル吸光係数は、感度の観点から、高いことが好ましく、1000~300000であることがより好ましく、2000~300000であることが更に好ましく、5000~200000であることが特に好ましい。化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いて測定することができる。例えば、分光光度計(Varian社製Cary-5 spectrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶媒を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。 The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, more preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the molar absorption coefficient of the oxime compound at a wavelength of 365 nm or 405 nm is preferably high, more preferably 1000 to 300,000, even more preferably 2000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, it is preferable to measure using a spectrophotometer (Varian Cary-5 spectrophotometer) at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using ethyl acetate as a solvent.
 光重合開始剤としては、2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いてもよい。そのような光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることにより、光ラジカル重合開始剤の1
分子から2つ以上のラジカルが発生するため、良好な感度が得られる。また、非対称構造の化合物を用いた場合においては、結晶性が低下して溶剤などへの溶解性が向上して、経時で析出しにくくなり、硬化性組成物の経時安定性を向上させることができる。2官能あるいは3官能以上の光ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0148に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or more functional photoradical polymerization initiator may be used. By using such a photoradical polymerization initiator, one of the photoradical polymerization initiators
Since two or more radicals are generated from the molecule, good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, when a compound having an asymmetric structure is used, the crystallinity is reduced and the solubility in a solvent or the like is improved, so that precipitation is less likely to occur over time, and the stability of the curable composition over time can be improved. Specific examples of bifunctional or trifunctional or higher functional photoradical polymerization initiators include the compounds described in paragraph 0148 of WO 2022/065215.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における光重合開始剤の含有量は1質量%~10質量%が好ましい。下限は、1質量%以上が好ましく、2質量%以上がより好ましい。上限は、10質量%以下が好ましく、8質量%以下がより好ましい。本開示の硬化性組成物において、光重合開始剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 10% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 10% by mass or less, and more preferably 8% by mass or less. In the curable composition of the present disclosure, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<ラジカル硬化性化合物>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル硬化性化合物(C)を含む。
 ラジカル硬化性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 樹脂タイプのラジカル硬化性化合物としては、上述したような、ラジカル重合性基を有する構成単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3,000~2,000,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1,000,000以下であることがより好ましく、500,000以下であることが更に好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3,000以上であることがより好ましく、5,000以上であることが更に好ましい。
<Radically curable compound>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically curable compound (C).
The radically curable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Examples of the resin-type radical curable compound include the resin containing a structural unit having a radical polymerizable group as described above. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
 ラジカル硬化性化合物としては、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1)を用いることができる。以下、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1)を、単に、硬化性化合物(C1)ともいう。
 分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1)としては、モノマータイプのラジカル硬化性化合物、すなわち、ラジカル重合性基を有するモノマー(以下、「重合性モノマー」ともいう)が挙げられる。
 モノマータイプのラジカル硬化性化合物(例えば、重合性モノマー)の分子量は、3,000未満であり、2,000以下であることが好ましく、1,500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は、100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。
As the radical curable compound, it is possible to use a radical curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000. Hereinafter, the radical curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 is also simply referred to as the curable compound (C1).
The radically curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 may be a monomer-type radically curable compound, that is, a monomer having a radically polymerizable group (hereinafter also referred to as a "polymerizable monomer").
The molecular weight of the monomer-type radically curable compound (e.g., polymerizable monomer) is less than 3,000, preferably 2,000 or less, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0128に記載の化合物、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0129~0137に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する化合物でもよく、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物でもよく、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物でもよく、フルオレン骨格を有する化合物でもよい。 As a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the compounds described in paragraphs 0129 to 0137 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used. The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxy group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることも
好ましい。
As the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is also preferable to use UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), and the like.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、ラジカル硬化性化合物Cは1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
 ラジカル硬化性化合物(C)の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。
In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, only one type or two or more types of radical curable compounds C may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
The content of the radical curable compound (C) is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、アウトガス抑制性及び塗布ムラ抑制性の観点から、ラジカル硬化性化合物(C)のうちの分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1)の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して15質量%未満であることが好ましく、14質量%以下であることがより好ましく、13質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、12質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。また、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(例えば、重合性モノマー)の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対してゼロ(0)質量%以上であってもよく、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましい。 In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, from the viewpoint of suppressing outgassing and coating unevenness, the content of the radically curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 among the radically curable compounds (C) is preferably less than 15% by mass, more preferably 14% by mass or less, even more preferably 13% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 12% by mass or less, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. In addition, the content of the radically curable compound (e.g., polymerizable monomer) having a molecular weight of less than 3000 may be zero (0)% by mass or more, preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 5% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
 式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量(W)に対する、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量(WC1)の比WC1/Wの値としては、質量比で5未満(WC1/W<5)であることが好ましい。比WC1/Wの値としては、WC1/W<4を満たすことがより好ましく、WC1/W<3を満たすことが更に好ましい。また、0.1≦WC1/Wとすることが好ましく、0.5≦WC1/Wとすることがより好ましい。 The ratio W C1 /W A of the content (W C1 ) of the radical curing compound having a molecular weight of less than 3000 to the content (W A ) of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is preferably less than 5 (W C1 /W A < 5) in mass ratio. The ratio W C1 /W A is more preferably W C1 /W A < 4, and even more preferably W C1 /W A < 3. It is also preferable to set it to 0.1 ≦ W C1 /W A , and more preferably to set it to 0.5 ≦ W C1 /W A.
<架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂(以下、「樹脂(B1)」と表記することがある)を含む。樹脂(B1)は、分子内に架橋性基とグラフト鎖とを有していれば特に制限はない。樹脂(B1)は、架橋性基としてラジカル重合性基を有することで、ラジカル硬化性化合物に該当する。
<Resin Having Crosslinkable Group and Graft Chain>
The curable composition of the present disclosure contains a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain (hereinafter, may be referred to as "resin (B1)"). The resin (B1) is not particularly limited as long as it has a crosslinkable group and a graft chain in the molecule. The resin (B1) corresponds to a radical curable compound by having a radical polymerizable group as a crosslinkable group.
 樹脂(B1)におけるグラフト鎖としては、特に制限はなく、ポリエーテル鎖、ポリエステル鎖及びポリ(メタ)アクリル鎖よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種が好ましい。 The graft chain in resin (B1) is not particularly limited, and is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyether chains, polyester chains, and poly(meth)acrylic chains.
 グラフト鎖の重量平均分子量は、1,000以上であることが好ましく、2,000以上であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is preferably 1,000 or more, and more preferably 2,000 or more.
 樹脂(B1)において、グラフト鎖を有する構成単位の含有量は、全構成単位に対して、0.1モル%~50モル%であることが好ましく、1モル%~30モル%であることがより好ましく、5モル%~20モル%であることが更に好ましい。 In resin (B1), the content of the structural unit having a graft chain is preferably 0.1 mol% to 50 mol% relative to the total structural units, more preferably 1 mol% to 30 mol%, and even more preferably 5 mol% to 20 mol%.
 樹脂(B1)におけるグラフト鎖としては、ポリエーテル鎖、ポリエステル鎖、及びポリ(メタ)アクリル鎖が好適に挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the graft chain in resin (B1) include polyether chains, polyester chains, and poly(meth)acrylic chains.
 グラフト鎖がポリエーテル鎖である場合、アルキレンオキシド構造〔-O(CH-、a≧2〕を有するポリエーテル鎖、環状エーテル構造を有するポリエーテル鎖等を有することが好ましい。アルキレンオキシド構造を有するポリエーテル鎖としては、重合反応性が向上しパターン形成性が良好になる点で、aが2~30であるアルキレンオキシド
構造を有することが好ましく、エチレンオキシド構造又はプロピレンオキシド構造を有することがより好ましい。
When the graft chain is a polyether chain, it preferably has an alkylene oxide structure [-O(CH 2 ) a -, a≧2], a cyclic ether structure, etc. As the polyether chain having an alkylene oxide structure, from the viewpoint of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability, it is preferable that the polyether chain has an alkylene oxide structure in which a is 2 to 30, and more preferably has an ethylene oxide structure or a propylene oxide structure.
 ポリエーテル鎖に用いることのできるモノマーとしては、例えば、エチレンオキシド、プロピレンオキシド、1,2-ブチレンオキシド等の環状エーテルが挙げられる。 Monomers that can be used in the polyether chain include, for example, cyclic ethers such as ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, and 1,2-butylene oxide.
 グラフト鎖がポリエステル鎖である場合、以下の部分構造を有するポリエステル鎖等が好ましい。
  -O(CH-C(=O)- 〔b≧2〕
 ポリエステル鎖としては、重合反応性が向上してパターン形成性が良好になる点で、bが2~20である構造を有することが好ましく、bが2~15である構造を有することがより好ましく、bが4~10である構造を有することが更に好ましい。
When the graft chain is a polyester chain, a polyester chain having the following partial structure is preferable.
-O(CH 2 ) b -C(=O)- [b≧2]
The polyester chain preferably has a structure in which b is 2 to 20, more preferably has a structure in which b is 2 to 15, and further preferably has a structure in which b is 4 to 10, in terms of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability.
 グラフト鎖は、上記のほか、アミド基(NHCO)を有することが好ましい。グラフト鎖は、例えば、以下の部分構造を有するポリエステル鎖であることが好ましい。
  -NHC(=O)-(O(CH-C(=O))b2- 〔b≧2〕
 上記部分構造中のbは、2~15が好ましく、4~10がより好ましい。b2は、5~15が好ましく、7~12がより好ましい。
 樹脂(B1)としては、重合反応性が向上してパターン形成性が良好になる観点から、下記式(5)で表される構造単位を有することが好ましい。
In addition to the above, the graft chain preferably has an amide group (NHCO). The graft chain is preferably a polyester chain having, for example, the following partial structure.
-NHC(=O)-(O(CH 2 ) b -C(=O)) b2 - [b≧2]
In the above partial structure, b is preferably an integer of 2 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 4 to 10. b2 is preferably an integer of 5 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 7 to 12.
From the viewpoint of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability, the resin (B1) preferably has a structural unit represented by the following formula (5).
 式(5)で表される構成単位において、重合反応性が向上してパターン形成性が良好になる観点から、bは、2~7が好ましく、4~6がより好ましい。b2は、5~15が好ましく、7~12がより好ましい。また、Lはアルキレン基を表し、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、Rは炭素数1~12(好ましくは炭素数4~12)の分岐状もしくは直鎖状のアルキル基、又は炭素数1~12の分岐状もしくは直鎖状のアルコキシ基を表す。 In the constitutional unit represented by formula (5), from the viewpoint of improving the polymerization reactivity and improving the pattern formability, b is preferably 2 to 7, and more preferably 4 to 6. b2 is preferably 5 to 15, and more preferably 7 to 12. In addition, L represents an alkylene group, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R 2 represents a branched or linear alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably having 4 to 12 carbon atoms) or a branched or linear alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.
 ポリエステル鎖に用いることのできるモノマーとしては、例えば、カプロラクトン、バレロラクトン、プロピオラクトン等の環状ラクトンなどが挙げられる。 Monomers that can be used in polyester chains include, for example, cyclic lactones such as caprolactone, valerolactone, and propiolactone.
 グラフト鎖が(メタ)アクリル鎖の場合、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーの付加重合鎖を有することが好ましい。 When the graft chain is a (meth)acrylic chain, it is preferable that it has an addition polymerization chain of a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
 エチレン性不飽和二重結合を有するモノマーとしては、ラジカル重合性モノマーが挙げられ、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、(メタ)アクリルエステル、(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 Monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include radically polymerizable monomers, such as (meth)acrylic acid, (meth)acrylic esters, and (meth)acrylamides.
 グラフト鎖の形成には、上記の環状エーテル、環状ラクトン、及びラジカル重合性モノマーを組み合わせて用いることができる。 To form the graft chain, the above-mentioned cyclic ethers, cyclic lactones, and radical polymerizable monomers can be used in combination.
 架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂は、主鎖とグラフト鎖を含む構造として、下記の
式(A)又は式(B)で表される構成単位を有していることも好適である。
It is also preferable that the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain has a constitutional unit represented by the following formula (A) or formula (B) as a structure including a main chain and a graft chain.
 式(A)において、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Rにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。 In formula (A), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group in R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyl group.
 式(A)及び式(B)において、Lは、単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、Xは、O又はSを表し、Polymはグラフト鎖を表す。 In formula (A) and formula (B), L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, X represents O or S, and Polym represents a graft chain.
 Lにおける2価の有機基としては、アルキレン基、ウレタン基(-NHCOO-)等が挙げられ、炭素数1~8の有機基(好ましくはアルキレン基)、炭素数1~8の有機基(好ましくはアルキレン基)とウレタン基とが結合した2価の基が好ましい。 The divalent organic group in L includes an alkylene group, a urethane group (-NHCOO-), etc., and is preferably an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group), or a divalent group in which an organic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group) is bonded to a urethane group.
 さらに、Lは、下記式で表される2価の基であることが好ましい。 Furthermore, L is preferably a divalent group represented by the following formula:

 
 

 
 
 L11及びL12は、それぞれ独立に単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12は、それぞれ独立にO又はNHを表す。
 L11及びL12における2価の有機基としては、例えばアルキレンが挙げられ、炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が好ましい。
L 11 and L 12 each independently represent a single bond or a divalent organic group, and R 11 and R 12 each independently represent O or NH.
The divalent organic group for L 11 and L 12 includes, for example, an alkylene group, and is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
 式(B)において、Yは、3価の有機基を表し、2つのZは、それぞれ独立にO又はNHを表す。 In formula (B), Y represents a trivalent organic group, and the two Zs each independently represent O or NH.
 Yにおける3価の有機基としては、炭素数1~12の脂肪族炭化水素基、炭素数6~12の芳香族炭化水素基であることが好ましく、例えば、下記の3級アルキル基が挙げられる。Rとしては、単結合又はアルキレン基が挙げられる。 The trivalent organic group for Y is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as the following tertiary alkyl groups. R can be a single bond or an alkylene group.
 Rにおけるアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~3のアルキレン基が好ましい。3価の有
機基としては、下記の基1及び基2(3つの*は結合手を表す)等が挙げられ、中でも基2が好ましい。
The alkylene group for R is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Examples of the trivalent organic group include the following Group 1 and Group 2 (where three *s represent bonds), and of these, Group 2 is preferred.
 グラフト鎖において、立体反発性を高め分散安定性を高めることができる点で、高極性の官能基(COOH、SOH,POH,OH、NH、NR等)を有さないことが好ましい。 In the graft chain, it is preferable that the chain does not have a highly polar functional group (COOH, SO3H , PO3H , OH, NH2 , NR2 , etc.) in order to increase the steric repulsion and improve the dispersion stability.
 架橋性基としては、特に制限はなく、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましい。中でも、アウトガス抑制性の観点から、架橋性基としては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、エポキシ基、又はオキセタン基を有することが好ましい。
 なお、架橋性基は、グラフト鎖に導入されていてもよいし、グラフト鎖とは別の側鎖末端に導入されていてもよいし、主鎖末端に導入されていてもよい。分散性の観点から、架橋性基は、グラフト鎖とは別の側鎖末端に導入されていることが好ましい。
The crosslinkable group is not particularly limited, and is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group. Among them, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression, the crosslinkable group preferably has a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetane group.
The crosslinkable group may be introduced into the graft chain, into a side chain terminal other than the graft chain, or into the main chain terminal. From the viewpoint of dispersibility, it is preferable that the crosslinkable group is introduced into a side chain terminal other than the graft chain.
 架橋性基の樹脂への導入方法は、カルボン酸を有する樹脂にエポキシ基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を付加する方法、エポキシ基を有する樹脂にカルボン酸を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を付加する方法、水酸基を有する樹脂にイソシアネート基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を付加する方法、イソシアネート基を有する樹脂に水酸基を有する(メタ)アクリレート化合物を付加する方法などが挙げられる。
 架橋性基としてオキセタン基を導入する場合、オキセタン基の導入方法の例として、OXE-10(オキセタンアクリレート:大阪有機化学工業製)、OXE-30(オキセタンメタクリレート:大阪有機化学工業製)をラジカル重合することで、オキセタン構造を有する樹脂を合成することができる。
Examples of methods for introducing a crosslinkable group into a resin include a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having an epoxy group to a resin having a carboxylic acid, a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having a carboxylic acid to a resin having an epoxy group, a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having an isocyanate group to a resin having a hydroxyl group, and a method of adding a (meth)acrylate compound having a hydroxyl group to a resin having an isocyanate group.
When an oxetane group is introduced as a crosslinkable group, an example of a method for introducing an oxetane group is to radically polymerize OXE-10 (oxetane acrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) or OXE-30 (oxetane methacrylate: manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) to synthesize a resin having an oxetane structure.
 架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂は、分散安定性の観点から、イオン結合を有していることも好ましい。イオン結合としては、カルボン酸と4級アミンとの塩であることが最も好ましい。
 架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂は、分散安定性の観点から、カルボン酸と4級アミンとの塩構造を有する構成単位を有することが好ましい。
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain preferably has an ionic bond, and the ionic bond is most preferably a salt of a carboxylic acid and a quaternary amine.
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain preferably has a constituent unit having a salt structure of a carboxylic acid and a quaternary amine.
 樹脂(B1)における架橋性基を有する構成単位の含有量は、全構成単位に対して、5モル%~90モル%であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the structural units having a crosslinkable group in resin (B1) is preferably 5 mol% to 90 mol%, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and even more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%, based on the total amount of structural units.
 樹脂(B1)は、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基及びリン酸基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基を有することが好ましく、中でも、カルボン酸基を有することが好ましい。
 これらの基は、後述の酸価の好ましい範囲を満たすよう、樹脂(B1)中に含まれることが好ましい。
The resin (B1) preferably has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group, and among these, it is more preferable that the resin (B1) has a carboxylic acid group.
These groups are preferably contained in the resin (B1) so as to satisfy the preferred range of the acid value described below.
 樹脂(B1)は、アルカリ現像性の観点から、アクリル樹脂であることが好ましい。
 ここで、樹脂(B1)がアクリル樹脂であるとは、(メタ)アクリルモノマーが重合してなる主鎖を含む樹脂であることを意味する。
From the viewpoint of alkali developability, the resin (B1) is preferably an acrylic resin.
Here, the resin (B1) being an acrylic resin means that it is a resin containing a main chain formed by polymerization of a (meth)acrylic monomer.
 樹脂(B1)としては、グラフト鎖としてポリ(メタ)アクリル鎖、ポリエステル鎖、又はポリエーテル鎖を有し、架橋性基として(メタ)アクリロイル基を有し、カルボン酸基を有するアクリル樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin (B1) is preferably an acrylic resin having a poly(meth)acrylic chain, polyester chain, or polyether chain as a graft chain, a (meth)acryloyl group as a crosslinkable group, and a carboxylic acid group.
 樹脂(B1)の重量平均分子量は、3000~50000であることが好ましく、5000~30000であることがより好ましく、10000~25000であることが更に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of resin (B1) is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and even more preferably 10,000 to 25,000.
 樹脂(B1)の酸価としては、30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、40mgKOH/g~100mgKOH/gであることがより好ましい。 The acid value of resin (B1) is preferably 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, and more preferably 40 mgKOH/g to 100 mgKOH/g.
 樹脂(B1)の具体例としては、後述する実施例に記載のC2-1~C2-6を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of resin (B1) include C2-1 to C2-6 described in the examples below.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、式(1)中、Xが(X-2)、(X-4)、(X-6)又は(X-8)であって、R11及びR12が(R-6)、(R-7)、(R-12)、(R-13)又は(R-14)であるラジカル重合開始剤と、式(5)で表される構造単位を有する樹脂(B1)と、を含むことが特に好ましく、更には、式(1)中、Xが(X-2)、(X-4)又は(X-6)であって、R11及びR12が(R-6)であるラジカル重合開始剤と、式(5)で表される構造単位を有する樹脂(B1)と、を含むことが最も好ましい。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure particularly preferably contains a radical polymerization initiator in which X is (X-2), (X-4), (X-6) or (X-8) in formula (1), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), (R-7), (R-12), (R-13) or (R-14), and a resin (B1) having a structural unit represented by formula (5). Furthermore, it is most preferable that the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator in which X is (X-2), (X-4) or (X-6) in formula (1), and R 11 and R 12 are (R-6), and a resin (B1) having a structural unit represented by formula (5).
 また、樹脂(B1)の具体例としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/182268号に記載の「オキセタン基を側鎖に有する樹脂」、国際公開第2018/037812号に記載の「架橋性基と酸基とグラフト鎖としてのポリエステル鎖とを有する分散剤樹脂「、特開2018-101039号公報に記載の「オキセタン基又は不飽和架橋性基をグラフト部に有するポリエステル型分散樹脂」、国際公開第2020/166510号に記載の「4級アンモニウム塩と架橋性基としての炭素炭素不飽和基を架橋性基とを有するグラフト分散剤樹脂」、国際公開第2022/019253号の「架橋性基とグラフト鎖を有するポリイミド又はポリアミック酸分散剤樹脂」、国際公開第2022/019255号の「架橋性基とグラフト鎖を有し、主鎖がエステル結合とアミド結合の両方を有する分散剤樹脂」等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the resin (B1) include, for example, the "resin having an oxetane group in the side chain" described in WO 2021/182268, the "dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group, an acid group, and a polyester chain as a graft chain" described in WO 2018/037812, the "polyester-type dispersion resin having an oxetane group or an unsaturated crosslinkable group in the graft portion" described in JP 2018-101039 A, and the "polyester-type dispersion resin having an oxetane group or an unsaturated crosslinkable group in the graft portion" described in WO 2018/037812. Examples of such resins include the "graft dispersant resin having a quaternary ammonium salt and a carbon-carbon unsaturated group as a crosslinkable group" described in WO 2020/166510, the "polyimide or polyamic acid dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain" described in WO 2022/019253, and the "dispersant resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain, and in which the main chain has both ester bonds and amide bonds" described in WO 2022/019255.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、樹脂(B1)を、1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。
 樹脂(B1)の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、5質量%~40質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~30質量%であることがより好ましい。
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of resin (B1) alone, or may contain two or more types of resin (B1).
The content of the resin (B1) is preferably from 5 to 40% by mass, and more preferably from 10 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
<樹脂(B1)以外の他の樹脂>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂(B1)以外の樹脂を含んでいてもよい。以下、単に「樹脂」という場合には、樹脂(B1)以外の樹脂を指す。
 樹脂(B1)以外の樹脂としては、ラジカル硬化性化合物としての樹脂、すなわち、ラジカル重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることができる。
 なお、ラジカル重合性基を有する樹脂は、ラジカル硬化性化合物にも該当する。
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル硬化性化合物以外の樹脂を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Resins other than Resin (B1)>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a resin other than the resin (B1). Hereinafter, when simply referring to a "resin", this refers to a resin other than the resin (B1).
As the resin other than the resin (B1), a resin serving as a radically curable compound, that is, a resin having a radically polymerizable group, can be used.
The resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically curable compound.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may further contain a resin other than the radically curable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3000~2000000が好ましい。上限は、1000000以下が好ましく、500000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4000以上が好まし
く、5000以上がより好ましい。
The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。
 ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式1で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体を用いることもできる。
Examples of the resin include (meth)acrylic resin, epoxy resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, vinyl acetate resin, polyvinyl alcohol resin, polyvinyl acetal resin, polyurethane resin, polyurea resin, etc. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferable from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (for example, ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation. Examples of the resin include those described in the examples of International Publication No. 2016/088645, those described in JP-A-2017-057265, those described in JP-A-2017-032685, those described in JP-A-2017-075248, those described in JP-A-2017-066240, those described in JP-A-2017-167513, those described in JP-A-2017-173787, and those described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP-A-2017-206689. Resins described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856 A, blocked polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, resins containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in JP 2017-138503 A can also be used. In addition, resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin. For resins having a fluorene skeleton, the description in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP 2020-186325 A, the resin represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, and the copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in WO 2022/030445 can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxy group. These acid groups may be of only one type, or of two or more types. The resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0056~0059に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基が挙げられる。中でも、アウトガス抑制性の観点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基、エポキシ基又はオキセタン基を有することが好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group. Among them, from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression, it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetane group.
 また、樹脂として、式(Ep-1)で表される構成単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される構成単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構成単位(以下、構成単位Epともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Epともいう)を用いることもできる。上記樹脂E
pは、式(Ep-1)で表される構成単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される構成単位のうち、いずれか一方の構成単位のみを含んでいてもよく、式(Ep-1)で表される構成単位と式(Ep-2)で表される構成単位のそれぞれを含んでいてもよい。両方の構成単位を含む場合、式(Ep-1)で表される構成単位と式(Ep-2)で表される構成単位との比率は、モル比で、式(Ep-1)で表される構成単位:式(Ep-2)で表される構成単位=5:95~95:5であることが好ましく、10:90~90:10であることがより好ましく、20:80~80:20であることが更に好ましい。
In addition, as the resin, a resin having at least one type of structural unit (hereinafter also referred to as structural unit Ep) selected from the structural unit represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural unit represented by formula (Ep-2) (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep) can also be used.
p may contain only one of the structural units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural units represented by formula (Ep-2), or may contain both the structural units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the structural units represented by formula (Ep-2). When both structural units are contained, the ratio of the structural units represented by formula (Ep-1) to the structural units represented by formula (Ep-2) is preferably, in molar ratio, structural units represented by formula (Ep-1): structural units represented by formula (Ep-2) = 5:95 to 95:5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and even more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
 式(Ep-1)、(Ep-2)中、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。Lが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状又は分岐状が好ましい。また、アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 In formulae (Ep-1) and (Ep-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched. The alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group.
 樹脂Ep中における上記構成単位Epの含有量は、樹脂Epの全構成単位中1モル%~100モル%であることが好ましい。上限は90モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。 The content of the above-mentioned structural unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 100 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epは、上記構成単位Epの他に他の構成単位を有していてもよい。他の構成単位としては、酸基を有する構成単位、エチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位などが挙げられる。 The resin Ep may have other structural units in addition to the structural unit Ep. Examples of the other structural units include a structural unit having an acid group and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられ、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシ基であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group, with a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxy group being preferred, and a carboxy group being more preferred.
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
 樹脂Epが酸基を有する構成単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中における酸基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全構成単位中5モル%~85モル%であることが好ましい。上限は60モル%以下であることがより好ましく、40モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、8モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上が更に好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a structural unit having an acid group, the content of the structural unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 8 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epがエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中におけるエチレン性不飽和基を有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全構成単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of all structural units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epは、更に芳香族炭化水素環を有する構成単位を含むことが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する樹脂が、芳香族炭化水素環を有す構成単位を含む場合、芳香族炭化水素環を有する構成単位の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する樹脂の全構成単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環を有す構成単位としては、ビニルトルエン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートなどの芳香族炭化水素環を有する単官能の重合性化合物由来の構成単位が挙げられる。 The resin Ep preferably further contains a structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and is preferably a benzene ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. When the resin having a cyclic ether group contains a structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, the content of the structural unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total structural units of the resin having a cyclic ether group. The upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more. Examples of structural units having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include structural units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
 樹脂としては、下記式(X)で表される化合物由来の構成単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a structural unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X):
 式(X)中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21及びR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシ基は構成単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、構成単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシ基は繰り返
し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシ基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシ基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシ基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシ基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。
As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). In resin Ac, the aromatic carboxy group may be contained in the main chain of the structural unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the structural unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxy group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this specification, the aromatic carboxy group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxy groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxy group, the number of carboxy groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 樹脂Acは、下記式(Ac-1)で表される構成単位及び下記式(Ac-2)で表される構成単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構成単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one type of structural unit selected from the structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac-1) and the structural unit represented by the following formula (Ac-2).
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group, L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxy group, L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include structures derived from aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides, structures derived from aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides, etc. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic anhydrides and aromatic tetracarboxylic anhydrides include compounds having the following structures.
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基又は下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。 In the above formula, Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基又は環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であることがより好ましい。
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基の具体例としては、下記式(Ar-11)で表される基、下記式(Ar-12)で表される基、下記式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxy group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by the following formula (Ar-11), a group represented by the following formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by the following formula (Ar-13).
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3及びn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基又は上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulae (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position to L1 .
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基及びアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及びS
-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。
In formula (Ac-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an arylene group, a group formed by combining an alkylene group and an arylene group, and at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group and an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S.
- and a group combining at least one selected from the group consisting of aryl, aryloxy ...
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシ基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 The aromatic carboxyl-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents —COO— or CONH—, and preferably represents —COO—.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、下記式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、下記式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by the following formula (L12-2).
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基又は炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like. A hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル構成単位、ポリエーテル構成単位、ポリエステル構成単位及びポリオール構成単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の構成単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20,000が好ましい。下限は1,000以上がより好ましい。上限は10,000以下がより好ましく、5,000以下が更に好ましく、3,000以下が特に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範
囲であれば、硬化性組成物中における色材の分散性に優れたものとなる。芳香族カルボキシ基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される構成単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。
In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one structural unit selected from a poly(meth)acrylic structural unit, a polyether structural unit, a polyester structural unit, and a polyol structural unit. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. If the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the coloring material in the curable composition is excellent. When the resin having an aromatic carboxy group is a resin having a structural unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することが好ましい。
 分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシ基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。
 塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。ポリエチレンイミン等のアミノ基が存在する場合に重合開始剤(特に、オキシム基とカルボニル基が隣接する構造を有する重合開始剤)の加水分解反応が進行しやすい。本開示では、既述の式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤を用いることで、加水分解反応が効果的に抑制されるので、経時での保存安定性がより優れたものとなる。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
Examples of the dispersant include an acidic dispersant (acidic resin) and a basic dispersant (basic resin). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxy group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
The basic group of the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group. When an amino group such as polyethyleneimine is present, the hydrolysis reaction of the polymerization initiator (particularly, a polymerization initiator having a structure in which an oxime group and a carbonyl group are adjacent to each other) is likely to proceed. In the present disclosure, the use of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above-mentioned formula (1) effectively suppresses the hydrolysis reaction, resulting in better storage stability over time.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、上述の樹脂(B1)以外のグラフト鎖を有する樹脂であることも好ましい。グラフト鎖を有する樹脂、すなわち、グラフトポリマーの詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、上記樹脂が、分散安定性の観点から、グラフト鎖を有する樹脂であり、かつ上記グラフト鎖が、ポリエーテル鎖、ポリエステル鎖及びポリアクリル鎖よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含み、かつ上記グラフト鎖の重量平均分子量が、1,000以上である樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin having a graft chain other than the above-mentioned resin (B1). For details of the resin having a graft chain, i.e., the graft polymer, the description in paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein by reference.
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferable that the resin is a resin having a graft chain, the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain. There are no particular restrictions on the basic nitrogen atom, so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity. For details of polyimine-based dispersants, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP2013-043962A.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する構成単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂の全構成単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. The content of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 10 mol% or more of the total structural units of the resin, more preferably 10 mol% to 80 mol%, and even more preferably 20 mol% to 70 mol%.
 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、上述の樹脂(B1)以外のオキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂であることが好ましく、オキセタン基を側鎖に有する構成単位を含む樹脂であることがより好ましい。
 上記樹脂におけるオキセタン基を側鎖に有する構成単位の含有量は、樹脂の全構成単位中、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain other than the above-mentioned resin (B1), and more preferably a resin containing a structural unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
The content of the structural unit having an oxetane group on a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all the structural units of the resin.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 In addition, as dispersants, resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
 分散剤として、ポリアミック酸型分散樹脂、ポリイミド型分散樹脂を用いることもできる。このような樹脂としては国際公開第2022/019253号、国際公開第2022/019254号、国際公開第2022/019255号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 As the dispersant, polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used. As such resins, dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物がラジカル硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、色材100質量部に対して、1質量部~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、70質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、5質量部以上であることがより好まし
く、10質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、20質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a radical curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<色材>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、色材を更に含むことが好ましい。
 色材としては、有彩色の色材、無彩色(黒色若しくは白色)の色材、及び赤外線(IR)吸収材が挙げられる。
 有彩色の色材としては、波長400nm~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する着色剤が挙げられる。色材としては、例えば、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤が挙げられる。
 色材は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。
 また、色材としては、着色性及び分散性の観点から、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、及びジオキサジン顔料よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の顔料であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、及びイソインドリン顔料よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の顔料であることがより好ましい。
 また、黒色顔料を用いることができる。黒色顔料としては、カーボンブラック、チタン原子又はジルコニウム原子を含む顔料を用いることができる。
<Coloring material>
The curable composition of the present disclosure preferably further contains a colorant.
The coloring materials include chromatic coloring materials, achromatic coloring materials (black or white), and infrared (IR) absorbing materials.
Examples of chromatic coloring materials include coloring materials having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Examples of coloring materials include green coloring materials, red coloring materials, yellow coloring materials, purple coloring materials, blue coloring materials, and orange coloring materials.
The coloring material may be a pigment or a dye.
From the viewpoints of coloring properties and dispersibility, the colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, quinacridone pigments, anthraquinone pigments, perylene pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, isoindoline pigments, quinophthalone pigments, azo pigments, azomethine pigments, and dioxazine pigments, and more preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, phthalocyanine pigments, and isoindoline pigments.
In addition, a black pigment can be used, and examples of the black pigment that can be used include carbon black and pigments containing titanium atoms or zirconium atoms.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本明細書における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1nm~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであることがより好ましく、1nm~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5nm~25nmであることが特に好ましい。
The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. In this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In this specification, the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. Furthermore, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.
The crystallite size of the pigment, determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuKα radiation as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
 緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物及びスクアリリウム化合物が挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0143~0149に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物、色材協会誌2022年95巻4号p.80~84に記載の緑色顔料などを用いることもできる。 Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds. The green colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. In addition, compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of International Publication No. 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP-A-2020-070426, diarylmethane compounds described in JP-A-2020-504758, and green pigments described in The Journal of the Color Materials Association, Vol. 95, No. 4, pp. 80 to 84, 2022, and the like can also be used as green colorants.
 緑色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59がより好ましい。 The green colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, or 63, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, or 59.
 赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペ
リレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0034に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。赤色着色剤として、Lumogen F Orange 240(BASF製、赤色顔料、ペリレン顔料)を用いることもできる。
Examples of the red colorant include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds, and more preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds. The red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, Examples of red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297. In addition, the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant. As a red colorant, Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.
 赤色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,179,254,255,264,269,272,291が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド177,254,264,272,291がより好ましい。 The red colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272, or 291, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Red 177, 254, 264, 272, or 291.
 黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物及びペリレン化合物などが挙げられる。黄色着色剤は、顔料であることが好ましく、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料又はペリレン顔料であることがより好ましく、アゾ顔料又はアゾメチン顔料であることがより好ましい。黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. The yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, azomethine pigment, isoindoline pigment, pteridine pigment, quinophthalone pigment, or perylene pigment, and even more preferably an azo pigment or azomethine pigment. Specific examples of yellow colorants include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, and other yellow pigments.
 また、黄色着色剤として、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。  Also, azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can be used as a yellow colorant.
 また、黄色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0031~0033に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as yellow colorants.
 黄色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー7,117,129,138,139,150,185,215が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントイエロー7,129,138,139,150,185,215がより好ましい。 The yellow colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 7, 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, 185, or 215, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 7, 129, 138, 139, 150, 185, or 215.
 オレンジ色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
 紫色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
 青色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等が挙げられる。また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue colorants include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 有彩色の色材には、染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo, anilino azo, triarylmethane, anthraquinone, anthrapyridone, benzylidene, oxonol, pyrazolotriazole azo, pyridone azo, cyanine, phenothiazine, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine, xanthene, phthalocyanine, benzopyran, indigo, and pyrromethene dyes.
 有彩色の色材として色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、有機溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物及び製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0048に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 A dye polymer can also be used as a chromatic coloring material. The dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use. The dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. A dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485.
 有彩色の色材には、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式1で表される化合物、特許第6809649号公報に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物を用いることができる。有彩色の色材は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。 Chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-T-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO-A-2020/174991, and isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-160279. or a salt thereof, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, a compound represented by formula 1 described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10 Compounds represented by formula 1 described in JP-A-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in JP-A-6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, and Korean Patent Publication No. Polymer dyes described in JP-A-2020-0061793, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, and compounds described in WO 2022/050051 can be used. The chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, in the rod-shaped structure, or in both structures.
 有彩色の色材は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色の色材を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。 Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the color black may be formed by combining two or more chromatic colors.
 黒色着色剤としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色着色剤としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、酸窒化ジルコニウム、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック又は酸窒化ジルコニウムが好ましく、チタンブラック又は酸窒化ジルコニウムがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色着色剤として、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Black 1,7を用いることもできる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整した分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。有機黒色着色剤としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報、国際公開第2014/208348号、特表2015-525260号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として
入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。また、有機黒色着色剤としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)、Paliogen Black S0084を使用してもよい。
The black colorant is not particularly limited, and known ones can be used. For example, examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, zirconium oxynitride, graphite, etc., and carbon black, titanium black, or zirconium oxynitride is preferred, and titanium black or zirconium oxynitride is more preferred. Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferred. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing aggregation, etc. For example, the surface of titanium black can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. In addition, treatment with a water-repellent substance such as that shown in JP-A-2007-302836 can also be used. Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Black 1, 7 can also be used as the black colorant. It is preferable that titanium black has small primary particle diameters and average primary particle diameters of individual particles. Specifically, the average primary particle size is preferably 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, and in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, can be mentioned. For the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP-A-2012-169556 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available titanium black products include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, and 13M-T (product names: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack D (product name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred. Examples of the bisbenzofuranone compound include compounds described in JP-T-2010-534726, JP-T-2012-515233, JP-T-2012-515234, WO 2014/208348, and JP-T-2015-525260, and are available, for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. Examples of the perylene compound include C.I. Pigment Black 31 and 32. Examples of the azomethine compound include compounds described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available, for example, as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Chemicals Co., Ltd. In addition, as the organic black colorant, perylene black (such as Lumogen Black FK4280) and Paliogen Black S0084 described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP-A-2017-226821 may be used.
 赤外線(IR)吸収材としては、後述する赤外線吸収材の中から選択して用いることができる。 The infrared (IR) absorbing material can be selected from the infrared absorbing materials described below.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、色材を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上の色材を用いる場合、色材の合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 色材の含有量は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、10質量%~75質量%であることが好ましい。色材の含有量の上限は、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、65質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。色材の含有量の下限は、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain one type of colorant alone or two or more types. When two or more types of colorants are used, the total amount of the colorants is preferably in the following range.
From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the content of the coloring material is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit of the content of the coloring material is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less. The lower limit of the content of the coloring material is more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
<溶剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent>
The curable composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraph number 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ... Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
 本開示においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下で
あることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。
In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 硬化性組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
 また、本開示の硬化性組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本開示において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、硬化性組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、硬化性組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として硬化性組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、又はこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した硬化性組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the curable composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances. In this disclosure, substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Act, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the curable composition, and may be mixed into the curable composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing the environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing the environmentally regulated substances by heating or reducing the pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances and distilling off the environmentally regulated substances from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the corresponding solvent in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules. These distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
<顔料誘導体>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は、例えば、分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基又は塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<Pigment Derivatives>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid. Examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素
骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。
Examples of the dye skeleton constituting the pigment derivative include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye skeleton, an isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, and a pyrromethene dye skeleton.
 酸基としては、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5又はSONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxy group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 . Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 . Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基及びその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400nm~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は、3,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 The pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative). The maximum molar absorption coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol -1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol -1 cm -1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L mol -1 cm- 1 or more, and may be 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号公報の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282 A.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、色材100質量部に対し、1質量部~30質量部が好ましく、3質量部~20質量部がより好ましい。また、顔料誘導体と色材との合計の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、35質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上がより好ましく、45質量%以上が更に好ましく、50質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、65質量%以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<連鎖移動剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、密着性の観点から、連鎖移動剤を更に含むことが好ましい。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物、チオカルボニルチオ化合物、芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体などが挙げられ、少量の配合量であってもパターンの線幅を調整し易
いという理由からチオール化合物が好ましい。また、連鎖移動剤は、着色が少ない化合物であることが好ましい。
<Chain Transfer Agent>
From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is preferable that the curable composition of the present disclosure further contains a chain transfer agent.
Examples of the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound, a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer, and the like. Thiol compounds are preferred because they allow easy adjustment of the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount. In addition, the chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.
-チオール化合物-
 チオール化合物は、チオール基を1個以上有する化合物である。特に、本開示の硬化性組成物は、チオール基を2個以上有する化合物、すなわち、多官能チオール化合物を含むことが好ましい。チオール化合物に含まれるチオール基の数の上限は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましく、10以下が更に好ましく、8以下が特に好ましく、6以下が最も好ましい。チオール化合物に含まれるチオール基の数の下限は、3以上が好ましい。密着性の観点から、チオール化合物はチオール基を4個有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。
- Thiol compounds -
The thiol compound is a compound having one or more thiol groups. In particular, the curable composition of the present disclosure preferably contains a compound having two or more thiol groups, i.e., a polyfunctional thiol compound. The upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol compound is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol compound is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol compound is a compound having 4 thiol groups.
 また、チオール化合物は、多官能アルコールから誘導される化合物であることも好ましい。 It is also preferred that the thiol compound is a compound derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
 チオール化合物は、下記式(SH-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 L-(SH)   式(SH-1)
 式中、SHはチオール基を表し、Lは、n価の基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。
The thiol compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SH-1).
L 1 - (SH) n formula (SH-1)
In the formula, SH represents a thiol group, L1 represents an n-valent group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
 式(SH-1)において、Lが表すn価の基としては、炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-もしくはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、環状であってもよく、非環状であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、芳香族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基としては、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。複素環基は、脂肪族複素環基であっても、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。また、複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。Lを構成する炭素原子の数は、3~100であることが好ましく、6~50であることがより好ましい。 In formula (SH-1), examples of the n-valent group represented by L 1 include a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, or a group consisting of a combination thereof. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or noncyclic. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. The number of carbon atoms constituting L1 is preferably 3 to 100, and more preferably 6 to 50.
 式(SH-1)において、nは1以上の整数を表す。nの上限は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましく、10以下が更に好ましく、8以下が特に好ましく、6以下が最も好ましい。nの下限は、2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましい。nは4であることが特に好ましい。 In formula (SH-1), n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. It is particularly preferable that n is 4.
 チオール化合物の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。また、チオール化合物の市販品としては、PEMP(SC有機化学(株)製、チオール化合物)、サンセラー M(三新化学工業(株)製、チオール化合物)、カレンズMT BD1(昭和電工(株)製、チオール化合物)なども挙げられる。 Specific examples of thiol compounds include compounds with the following structure. Commercially available thiol compounds include PEMP (manufactured by SC Organic Chemicals Co., Ltd., thiol compound), Suncellar M (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd., thiol compound), and Karenz MT BD1 (manufactured by Showa Denko K.K., thiol compound).
-チオカルボニルチオ化合物-
 チオカルボニルチオ化合物としては、分子内にチオカルボニルチオ基(-S-C(=S)-)を有する化合物であって、ビス(チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド化合物(下記式(SC-1)で表される化合物)、ジチオエステル化合物(下記式(SC-2)で表される化合物)、トリチオカルボナート化合物(下記式(SC-3)で表される化合物)、ジチオカルバマート化合物(下記式(SC-4)で表される化合物)、キサンタート化合物(下記式(SC-5)で表される化合物)等が挙げられる。
-Thiocarbonylthio compounds-
The thiocarbonylthio compound is a compound having a thiocarbonylthio group (-S-C(=S)-) in the molecule, and examples thereof include bis(thiocarbonyl)disulfide compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-1) below), dithioester compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-2) below), trithiocarbonate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-3) below), dithiocarbamate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-4) below), and xanthate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-5) below).
 式(SC-1)~式(SC-5)中、Z~Z11はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表す。 In formulae (SC-1) to (SC-5), Z 1 to Z 11 each independently represent a substituent.
 Z~Z11が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、-SRZ1、-NRZ1Z2、-NRZ1-NRZ2Z3、-COORZ1、-OCORZ1、-CONRZ1Z2、-P(=O)(ORZ1又は-O-P(=O)RZ1Z2(ただし、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基である。)等が挙げられる。また、上記の基のうち、炭素原子に結合する水素原子の1個以上がシアノ基、カルボキシ基等で置換されていてもよい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖又は分岐が好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、単環のヘテロアリール基又は縮合数が2~8の縮合環のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、単環のヘテロアリール基又は縮合数が2~4の縮合環のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は、3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい。
Examples of the substituents represented by Z 1 to Z 11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -SR Z1 , -NR Z1 R Z2 , -NR Z1 -NR Z2 R Z3 , -COOR Z1 , -OCOR Z1 , -CONR Z1 R Z2 , -P(═O)(OR Z1 ) 2 or -O-P(═O)R Z1 R Z2 (wherein R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are each independently an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), etc. Among the above groups, one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a cyano group, a carboxy group, etc.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a fused ring heteroaryl group having 2 to 8 fused rings, more preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a fused ring heteroaryl group having 2 to 4 fused rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
 ビス(チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド化合物の具体例としては、テトラエチルチウラムジスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムジスルフィド、ビス(n-オクチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ドデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(ベンジルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ブチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(t-ブチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘプチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘキシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ペンチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ノニルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-デシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(t-ドデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-テトラデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘキサデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-オクタデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of bis(thiocarbonyl) disulfide compounds include tetraethyl thiuram disulfide, tetramethyl thiuram disulfide, bis(n-octyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-dodecyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(benzyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-heptyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n- Examples of such disulfides include bis(n-hexylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-pentylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-nonylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-decylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-dodecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-tetradecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-hexadecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, and bis(n-octadecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide.
 ジチオエステル化合物の具体例としては、2-フェニル-2-プロピルベンゾチオエート、4-シアノ-4-(フェニルチオカルボニルチオ)ペンタン酸、2-シアノ-2-プロピルベンゾジチオエート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of dithioester compounds include 2-phenyl-2-propyl benzothioate, 4-cyano-4-(phenylthiocarbonylthio)pentanoic acid, and 2-cyano-2-propyl benzodithioate.
 トリチオカルボナート化合物の具体例としては、S-(2-シアノ-2-プロピル)-S-ドデシルトリチオカーボネート、4-シアノ-4-[(ドデシルスルファニル-チオカルボニル)スルファニル]ペンタン酸、シアノメチルドデシルトリチオカルボナート、2-(ドデシルチオカルボノチオールチオ)-2-メチルプロピオン酸等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of trithiocarbonate compounds include S-(2-cyano-2-propyl)-S-dodecyl trithiocarbonate, 4-cyano-4-[(dodecylsulfanyl-thiocarbonyl)sulfanyl]pentanoic acid, cyanomethyl dodecyl trithiocarbonate, and 2-(dodecylthiocarbonothiolthio)-2-methylpropionic acid.
 ジチオカルバマート化合物の具体例として、シアノメチルメチル(フェニル)カルバモジチオエート、シアノメチルジフェニルカルバモ-ジチオエート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of dithiocarbamate compounds include cyanomethylmethyl(phenyl)carbamodithioate and cyanomethyldiphenylcarbamo-dithioate.
 キサンタート化合物の具体例として、キサントゲン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of xanthate compounds include xanthogenate esters.
-芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体-
 芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体としては、2,4-ジフェニル-4-メチル-1-ペンテンなどが挙げられる。
- Aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer -
An example of the aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.
 また、連鎖移動剤としては、リビング重合の1種であるRAFT(Reversible Addition-Fragmentation chain Transfer)重合におけるRAFT剤で用いられるようなトリチオカーボネート化合物も好ましく使用することができる。 Furthermore, as a chain transfer agent, a trithiocarbonate compound such as that used as a RAFT agent in reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization, which is a type of living polymerization, can also be preferably used.
 連鎖移動剤の分子量は、昇華による装置汚染を抑制できる等の理由から、200以上であることが好ましい。上限は、単位質量あたりのSH価数を高めることができるという理由から、1,000以下が好ましく、800以下がより好ましく、600以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、密着性の観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることが更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 From the viewpoint of adhesion, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<ポリアルキレンイミン>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、硬化性組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーであって、第二級アミノ基を少なくとも有するポリマーである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第二級アミノ基の他に、第一級アミノ基、又は、第三級アミノ基を含んでいてもよい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第一級アミノ基と、第二級アミノ基と、第三級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は、2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2又は3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<Polyalkyleneimine>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may also contain a polyalkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments. The dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition. The polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine, and is a polymer having at least a secondary amino group. The polyalkyleneimine may contain a primary amino group or a tertiary amino group in addition to the secondary amino group. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100,000以下であることが好ましく、50,000以下であることがより好ましく、10,000以下であることが更に好ましく、2,000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、
沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。
The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, when the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition,
When the boiling point elevation method is not possible or difficult to measure, the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. When the boiling point elevation method is not possible or difficult to measure, the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used in terms of polystyrene as measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は、5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
 アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミン又はプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups. Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、0.1質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、1質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、4質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5質量部~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、8質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. The content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<硬化促進剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、硬化促進剤を含有することができる。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3質量%~8.9質量%であることが好ましく、0.8質量%~6.4質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Curing accelerator>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include thiol compounds, methylol compounds, amine compounds, phosphonium salt compounds, amidine salt compounds, amide compounds, base generators, isocyanate compounds, alkoxysilane compounds, and onium salt compounds. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485. The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3% by mass to 8.9% by mass, more preferably 0.8% by mass to 6.4% by mass.
<赤外線吸収剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。例えば、本開示の硬化性組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、硬化性組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aは、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<Infrared absorbent>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent. For example, when an infrared transmission filter is formed using the curable composition of the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by containing an infrared absorbing agent in the curable composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
 赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。具体的には、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0114~0121に記載の化合物、国際公開第2021/049441号の段落番号0144~0146に記載の化合物、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素、国際公開第2019/021767号に記載のクロコニウム化合物などを用いることもできる。 Infrared absorbers include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, metal borides, etc. Specifically, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near-infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, and the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A can also be used.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、1質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は2質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下がより好ましく、25質量%以下が更に好ましい。本開示の硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。赤外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less. The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0179に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤として、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤を用いることができる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. WO 2022/085485. As the ultraviolet absorber, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2021-178918 A and the ultraviolet absorber described in JP 2022-007884 A can be used. The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salts (ammonium salts, cerous salts, etc.). Among these, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本開示において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する
化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタン基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~15.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~10.0質量%であることがより好ましい。
 シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Silane coupling agent>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent. In the present disclosure, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetane group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of International Publication No. WO 2022/085485. The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<界面活性剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤又はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For the surfactant, reference may be made to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、硬化性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the curable composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0167~0173に記載の化合物、特開2022-000494に記載の含フッ素共重合体等を用いることもできる。 As fluorosurfactants, compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485 and fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 can also be used.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As a nonionic surfactant, the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.). Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。ここで、nは、1~200である。  Also, the silicone surfactant may be a compound with the following structure, where n is 1 to 200.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.005質量%~3.0質量%であることがより好まし
い。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<酸化防止剤>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。上述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Antioxidants>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. A preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<その他成分>
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物、特開2021-195421号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂、特開2021-195422号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂等を用いることもできる。
<Other ingredients>
The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, properties such as film properties can be adjusted. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195421 A, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195422 A, and the like can also be used.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1nm~100nmが好ましく、3nm~70nmがより好ましく、5nm~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0183に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver. The light resistance improver may be the compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、硬化性組成物の
全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、0(ゼロ)であることが特に好ましい。
It is also preferred that the curable composition of the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid ester. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid ester in the total amount of the curable composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0 (zero).
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、メラミンの含有量が少ないことが好ましい。具体的には、メラミンの含有量が、硬化性組成物の全量中、10000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、0(ゼロ)であってもよい。 The curable composition of the present disclosure preferably has a low melamine content. Specifically, the melamine content is preferably 10,000 mass ppm or less in the total amount of the curable composition, and may be 0 (zero).
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本開示の硬化性組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本開示の硬化性組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない硬化性組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本開示の硬化性組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. When the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced in the curable composition of the present disclosure, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The curable composition of the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt, a curable composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be selected. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from the scope of regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt. The curable composition of the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range.
 本開示の硬化性組成物の含水率は、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~1.5質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~1.0質量%の範囲であることが更に好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The moisture content of the curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass. The moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、環境対応、異物発生の抑制、装置汚染の抑制などの観点から、硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオン量が10,000ppm以下であることが好ましく、1000ppm以下であることがより好ましい。硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオンを上記範囲とするためには、塩化物イオン含有量が少ない原料を使用すること、水洗、イオン交換樹脂、フィルタろ過などで塩化物イオンを除去する方法などが挙げられる。塩化物イオンの測定方法としては公知の方法を使用でき、例えば、イオンクロマトグラフィー、燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィーなどが挙げられる。
The curable composition of the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc. The value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as needed, and is preferably, for example, 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s at 25° C. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
From the viewpoints of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, and suppression of equipment contamination, the amount of chloride ions in the curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less. In order to make the chloride ions in the curable composition fall within the above range, a raw material with a low chloride ion content may be used, and a method of removing chloride ions by washing with water, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc. Known methods may be used to measure chloride ions, and examples of such methods include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
(収容容器)
 硬化性組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることもできる。
(Storage container)
The container for storing the curable composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.
(硬化性組成物の調製方法)
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。硬化性組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して硬化性組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して硬化性組成物を調製してもよい。
(Method of preparing the curable composition)
The curable composition of the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the curable composition, all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the curable composition.
 また、硬化性組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全集、(株)情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用できる。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズとしては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼、ガラス又はそれらの組み合わせを使用できる。また、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用できる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, when preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, when grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may be suitably used as described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Information System Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and in paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to. As beads used for dispersion, zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used. In addition, inorganic compounds with a Mohs hardness of 2 or more can be used. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the above beads.
 硬化性組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、硬化性組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0196~0199に記載のフィルタやろ過方法を用いることもできる。 When preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to filter the curable composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. The filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
 本開示の硬化性組成物は、波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザーを用いた露光用途であることが好ましい。 The curable composition of the present disclosure is preferably used for exposure using an excimer laser with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
(硬化物、膜)
 本開示の膜は、既述の本開示の硬化性組成物を硬化した硬化物である。本開示の膜は、本開示の硬化性組成物を硬化した硬化物の一例である。本開示の膜は、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタ等の光学フィルタなどに用いることができる。本開示の膜は、特にカラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、緑色画素、青色画素であることが好ましく、緑色画素であることが更に好ましい。
(Cured product, film)
The film of the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition of the present disclosure described above. The film of the present disclosure is an example of a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition of the present disclosure. The film of the present disclosure can be used in optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. The film of the present disclosure can be preferably used as a color pixel of a color filter. Examples of the color pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta pixel, a cyan pixel, and a yellow pixel, and the like. The color pixel is preferably a green pixel or a blue pixel, and more preferably a green pixel.
 本開示の膜の厚み(膜厚)は、目的に応じて適宜調整すればよく、0.1μm~20μmであることが好ましい。膜厚の上限は10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが更に好ましく、3μm以下であることが特に好ましく、1.5μm以下であることが最も好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The thickness (film thickness) of the film of the present disclosure may be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, and is preferably 0.1 μm to 20 μm. The upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 μm or less, even more preferably 5 μm or less, particularly preferably 3 μm or less, and most preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
(硬化物の製造方法)
 本開示の硬化物の製造方法は、既述の本開示の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300
nmのエキシマレーザー光を照射する工程を含む。硬化物の例として膜を製造する場合、膜の製造方法は、既述の本開示の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー光を照射する工程を含む。
(Method for producing the cured product)
The method for producing the cured product of the present disclosure comprises applying a light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm to the curable composition of the present disclosure.
In the case of producing a film as an example of a cured product, the method for producing a film includes a step of irradiating the curable composition of the present disclosure described above with excimer laser light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
 波長150nm~300nmの光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられる。
 また、波長150nm~300nmの光は、エキシマレーザーであることが好ましい。
 得られる硬化物の形状は、特に制限はないが、膜状であることが好ましい。
Examples of light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm include KrF radiation (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF radiation (wavelength 193 nm).
Moreover, the light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm is preferably an excimer laser.
The shape of the resulting cured product is not particularly limited, but is preferably a film.
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示の硬化性組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、及びドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。 The film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support. The film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels). Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本開示の硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、硬化性組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition of the present disclosure, a step of exposing the curable composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.
 硬化性組成物層を形成する工程では、本開示の硬化性組成物を用いて、支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本明細書に記載の硬化性組成物から色材を除いた組成物や、本明細書記載の樹脂、重合性化合物、界面活性剤などを含む組成物などを用いて形成してもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20°~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30°~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the curable composition layer, the curable composition layer is formed on a support using the curable composition of the present disclosure. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix for isolating each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the coloring material from the curable composition described in this specification, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in this specification. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.
 硬化性組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0207に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  A known method can be used to apply the curable composition. For example, the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 支持体上に形成した硬化性組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40秒~250秒がより好ましく、80秒~220秒が更に好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
 次に、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、硬化性組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、所定のマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the curable composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the curable composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長150nm~300nmの光)を用いる
こともできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。
Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-line and i-line. Light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. A long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03J/cm~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05J/cm~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、又は、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
 次に、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。硬化性組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の硬化性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20℃~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20秒~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the curable composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer in the exposure step are dissolved into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. In order to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0214に記載の現像液や現像方法を用いることもできる。 The developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred. The developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may also be used.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100℃~240℃が好ましく、200℃~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0216に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  The pattern formation by dry etching can also be performed using the method described in paragraph 0216 of WO 2022/085485.
(光学素子)
 本開示の光学素子は、上記の本開示の膜を含む。
 本開示に係る光学素子は、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 光学素子としては、光学フィルタ、レンズ、プリズム、反射鏡、回折格子等が挙げられる。中でも、光学フィルタが好ましく挙げられる。
 光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その着色画素として本開示
に係る膜を有することが好ましい。
(Optical elements)
The optical element of the present disclosure includes the film of the present disclosure described above.
The optical element according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
Examples of the optical element include an optical filter, a lens, a prism, a reflecting mirror, a diffraction grating, etc. Among these, an optical filter is preferable.
The types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters. The color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
 光学フィルタにおいて本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the film disclosed herein in an optical filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 光学フィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4μm~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.5μm以上であることが更に好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが特に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることが最も好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5GPa~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5GPa~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 μm to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.4 μm or more, even more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 5.0 μm or less, even more preferably 2.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 1.0 μm or less, and most preferably 0.8 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
 光学フィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50°~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco. In addition, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). In addition, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. Although the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 Ω·cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
 光学フィルタにおいては、本開示に係る膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01μm~10μmが好ましく、0.1μm~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有してもよい。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the optical filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4 . In the case of a protective layer intended to reduce reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。有機・無機粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニ
ウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、1質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。
The protective layer may contain additives such as organic/inorganic particles, absorbents for light of a specific wavelength (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesives, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic/inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin fine particles, polystyrene fine particles, melamine resin fine particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of a specific wavelength. The content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
(イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子及び画像表示装置)
 本開示のイメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、及び画像表示装置は、いずれも上記の本開示の膜を含む。
 本開示に係るイメージセンサは、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 イメージセンサとしては、固体撮像素子、X線撮像素子、有機薄膜撮像素子等が挙げられる。中でも、固体撮像素子に好適に用いることができる。
 本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、本開示に係る膜を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
(Image sensor, solid-state imaging device, and image display device)
The image sensor, solid-state imaging device, and image display device of the present disclosure all include the film of the present disclosure.
An image sensor according to the present disclosure comprises a membrane according to the present disclosure.
Examples of the image sensor include a solid-state imaging element, an X-ray imaging element, an organic thin-film imaging element, etc. Among these, the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging element.
The solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
 また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本開示に係る固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
The configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.Furthermore, the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc., the same below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned, for example, in a lattice shape, by partitions. In this case, the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. The imaging device including the solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
 本開示に係る画像表示装置は、本開示に係る膜を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本開示が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。 The image display device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure. Examples of image display devices include liquid crystal display devices and organic electroluminescence display devices. Definitions of image display devices and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices" (written by Sasaki Akio, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990) and "Display Devices" (written by Ibuki Yoshiaki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989). Liquid crystal display devices are described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology" (edited by Uchida Tatsuo, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994). There are no particular limitations on the liquid crystal display devices to which the present disclosure can be applied, and the present disclosure can be applied, for example, to the various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology."
(ラジカル重合開始剤)
 本開示のラジカル重合開始剤は、式(3)で表されるものである。式(3)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤は、2量体構造を有し、嵩高い分岐アルキル基を有するので、高感度を有し、パターン形成した際の断面矩形性に優れ、かつ、耐加水分解性に優れる。よって、経時で安定に存在することができる。

 
 
(Radical Polymerization Initiator)
The radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is represented by formula (3). The radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3) has a dimer structure and a bulky branched alkyl group, and therefore has high sensitivity, excellent cross-sectional rectangularity when patterned, and excellent hydrolysis resistance. Therefore, it can exist stably over time.


 式(3)において、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、Rxはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。 In formula (3), X represents a divalent organic group, R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X, Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
 式(3)において、X、R21及びR22、並びに、n1及びn2は、式(1)におけるX、R21及びR22、並びに、n1及びn2と同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。また、式(3)中のRx、Rx及びRxは、式(4)におけるRx、Rx及びRxと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 In formula (3), X, R21 , R22 , n1 and n2 are the same as X, R21 , R22 , n1 and n2 in formula (1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. In addition, Rx1 , Rx2 and Rx3 in formula (3) are the same as Rx1 , Rx2 and Rx3 in formula (4), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式(3)で表される化合物は、例えば、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物の合成方法に従って又は参照して合成することができる。式(3)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の合成方法の例を以下の実施例の項で示す。 The compound represented by formula (3) can be synthesized, for example, according to or with reference to the synthesis method for oxime ester compounds described in WO 2015/152153. An example of a synthesis method for a radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3) is shown in the Examples section below.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本開示を更に具体的に説明する。
 以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本開示における趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。本開示の範囲は、以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。また、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。
The present disclosure will be described more specifically below with reference to examples.
The materials, amounts, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of this disclosure. The scope of this disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In the examples, "%" and "parts" mean "mass %" and "mass parts", respectively, unless otherwise specified.
 実施例における重合開始剤(A)であるA-1~138及び141~165は、上述した式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の具体例A-1~138及び141~165とそれぞれ同じ化合物である。なお、各化合物中のXにおけるRx1~Rx9及びLで示される基は、Rx1:フェニル基、Rx2:エチル基、Rx3:メチル基、Rx4:メチル基、Rx5:n-プロピル基、Rx6:n-プロピル基、Rx7:メチル基、Rx8:メチル基、Rx9:メチル基、L:フェニレンを表す。 Polymerization initiators (A) A-1 to 138 and 141 to 165 in the examples are the same compounds as specific examples A-1 to 138 and 141 to 165 of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (1), respectively. The groups represented by R x1 to R x9 and L in X in each compound are as follows: R x1 : phenyl group, R x2 : ethyl group, R x3 : methyl group, R x4 : methyl group, R x5 : n-propyl group, R x6 : n-propyl group, R x7 : methyl group, R x8 : methyl group, R x9 : methyl group, and L: phenylene.
<合成例1>:ラジカル重合開始剤A-153の合成 <Synthesis Example 1>: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-153
 フラスコ中にN-エチルカルバゾール58.6gを加え、クロロベンゼン200mLに溶解した。これを5℃に冷却し塩化アルミニウム40.8g加えた。攪拌しながらプロピオニルクロリド28.3gを30分かけて滴下し室温に戻してさらに2時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を再度5℃に冷却し塩化アルミニウム42.0g加えた。攪拌しながらプロピオニルクロリド29.1gを30分かけて滴下し室温に戻してさらに2時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を氷水でクエンチし、酢酸エチルで抽出した後、有機層を濃縮した。濃縮物にメタノールを加え、析出した結晶をろ別し、A-153-aを得た。 58.6 g of N-ethylcarbazole was added to the flask and dissolved in 200 mL of chlorobenzene. This was cooled to 5°C and 40.8 g of aluminum chloride was added. With stirring, 28.3 g of propionyl chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes, the mixture was returned to room temperature and stirred for a further 2 hours. The resulting reaction solution was cooled again to 5°C and 42.0 g of aluminum chloride was added. With stirring, 29.1 g of propionyl chloride was added dropwise over 30 minutes, the mixture was returned to room temperature and stirred for a further 2 hours. The resulting reaction solution was quenched with ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate, after which the organic layer was concentrated. Methanol was added to the concentrate and the precipitated crystals were filtered off to obtain A-153-a.
 次いで、21.5gのA-153-aをテトラヒドロフラン100mLとメタノール100mLに溶解し、水酸化ナトリウムを6.7g加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。これを5℃に冷却し、亜硝酸イソアミル19.8gを30分かけて滴下した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出した後、水で洗浄し、有機層を濃縮した。濃縮物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=8/1)で精製し、析出した結晶をろ別し、A-153-bを得た。 Next, 21.5 g of A-153-a was dissolved in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran and 100 mL of methanol, and 6.7 g of sodium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. This was cooled to 5°C, and 19.8 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise over 30 minutes. The resulting reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the organic layer was concentrated. The concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate = 8/1), and the precipitated crystals were filtered off to obtain A-153-b.
 2.9gのA-153-bをテトラヒドロフラン50mLに溶解し、ピリジン1.9gを加えた。5℃に冷却し、塩化ピバロイル2.0g加えて室温で2時間攪拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出した後、水で洗浄し、有機層を濃縮した。濃縮物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=8/1)で精製し、析出した結晶をろ別し、A-153を2.1g得た。 2.9 g of A-153-b was dissolved in 50 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 1.9 g of pyridine was added. The mixture was cooled to 5°C, and 2.0 g of pivaloyl chloride was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The resulting reaction solution was extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, and the organic layer was concentrated. The concentrate was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate = 8/1), and the precipitated crystals were filtered off, yielding 2.1 g of A-153.
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.27(s、12H)、1.36(t、3H)、2.34(s、3H)、4.51(q、2H)、7.79(d、2H)、8.18(d、2H)、9.02(s、2H) 1 HNMR (400MHz) δ = 1.27 (s, 12H), 1.36 (t, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 4.51 (q, 2H), 7.79 (d, 2H ), 8.18 (d, 2H), 9.02 (s, 2H)
<合成例2>:ラジカル重合開始剤A-126の合成
 合成例1において、N-エチルカルバゾールをジベンゾチオフェンに代えたこと以外は、合成例1と同様の方法でA-126を1.2g得た。
Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-126 1.2 g of A-126 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzothiophene.
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.27(s、12H)、2.34(s、3H)、 、7.82(d、2H)、8.18(d、2H)、8.38(s、2H) 1 HNMR (400MHz) δ = 1.27 (s, 12H), 2.34 (s, 3H), , 7.82 (d, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2H), 8.38 (s, 2H)
<合成例3>:ラジカル重合開始剤A-144の合成
 合成例1において、N-エチルカルバゾールをジベンゾフランに代えたこと以外は、合成例1と同様の方法でA-144を1.9g得た。
Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-144 1.9 g of A-144 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzofuran.
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.27(s、12H)、2.34(s、3H)、7.75(d、2H)、8.09(d、2H)、8.10(s、2H) 1 HNMR (400MHz) δ = 1.27 (s, 12H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 7.75 (d, 2H), 8.09 (d, 2H), 8.10 (s, 2H) )
<合成例4>:ラジカル重合開始剤A-154の合成
 合成例1において、塩化ピバロイルを1-メチルー1-シクロプロピルカルボン酸クロリドに代えたこと以外は、合成例1と同様の方法でA-154を1.6g得た。
Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-154 1.6 g of A-154 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that pivaloyl chloride was replaced with 1-methyl-1-cyclopropylcarboxylic acid chloride.
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=0.93(m、4H)、1.18(m、4H)、1.22(s、6H)、1.36(t、3H)、2.34(s、3H)、4.51(q、2H)、7.79(d、2H)、8.18(d、2H)、9.02(s、2H) 1 HNMR (400MHz) δ = 0.93 (m, 4H), 1.18 (m, 4H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.36 (t, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H) ), 4.51 (q, 2H), 7.79 (d, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2H), 9.02 (s, 2H)
<合成例5>:ラジカル重合開始剤A-156の合成
 合成例1において、塩化ピバロイルを1-アダマンチルカルボン酸クロリドに代えたこと以外は、合成例1と同様の方法でA-156を2.2g得た。
Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-156 2.2 g of A-156 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, except that pivaloyl chloride was replaced with 1-adamantylcarboxylic acid chloride.
 HNMR(400MHz)δ=1.36(t、3H)、1.5-2.1(m、30H)、2.34(s、3H)、4.51(q、2H)、7.79(d、2H)、8.18(d、2H)、9.02(s、2H) 1 HNMR (400MHz) δ = 1.36 (t, 3H), 1.5-2.1 (m, 30H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 4.51 (q, 2H), 7.79 (d, 2H), 8.18 (d, 2H), 9.02 (s, 2H)
<実施例1>:赤色硬化性組成物の調製
[赤色顔料分散液1の調製]
 下記の組成の混合物を均一に撹拌混合した後、直径1mmのジルコニアビーズを用いて、アイガーミル(アイガージャパン社製「ミニモデルM-250 MKII」)で5時間分散した後、5μmのフィルタで濾過し赤色顔料分散液1を調製した。
 <組成>
 ・色材(C.I.ピグメントレッド254とC.I.ピグメントレッド272とC.I.ピグメントレッド139の等量混合物): 60.1部
 ・顔料誘導体(Syn-1): 10.2部
 ・架橋性基とグラフト鎖とを有する樹脂(B1)(C2-1): 20部
 ・溶剤(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート): 350部
Example 1: Preparation of red curable composition [Preparation of red pigment dispersion 1]
A mixture having the following composition was stirred and mixed uniformly, and then dispersed for 5 hours in an Eiger mill ("Mini Model M-250 MKII" manufactured by Eiger Japan Co., Ltd.) using zirconia beads having a diameter of 1 mm. The mixture was then filtered through a 5 μm filter to prepare red pigment dispersion 1.
<Composition>
Coloring material (equal mixture of C.I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. Pigment Red 272, and C.I. Pigment Red 139): 60.1 parts Pigment derivative (Syn-1): 10.2 parts Resin (B1) (C2-1) having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain: 20 parts Solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate): 350 parts
[硬化性組成物の調製]
 下記記載の組成を混合し、赤色硬化性組成物を調製した。
 <組成>
 ・赤色顔料分散液1: 440.3部
 ・樹脂(アルカリ可溶性樹脂)(B-1): 5部
 ・分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1-1): 7.0部
 ・重合開始剤(A)(式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤A-1): 3.0部
 ・エポキシ化合物(EHPE-3150、(株)ダイセル製) : 0.02部
 ・紫外線吸収剤(TINUVIN326、BASF社製): 0.01部
 ・界面活性剤(KF-6001(両末端カルビノール変性ポリジメチルシロキサン、信越化学工業(株)製)): 0.01質量部
・重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール): 0.01質量部
・溶剤(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート): 50部
[Preparation of Curable Composition]
The following components were mixed to prepare a red curable composition.
<Composition>
Red pigment dispersion 1: 440.3 parts Resin (alkali-soluble resin) (B-1): 5 parts Radical curable compound (C1-1) having a molecular weight of less than 3000: 7.0 parts Polymerization initiator (A) (radical polymerization initiator A-1 represented by formula (1)): 3.0 parts Epoxy compound (EHPE-3150, manufactured by Daicel Corporation): 0.02 parts Ultraviolet absorber (TINUVIN326, manufactured by BASF Corporation): 0.01 parts Surfactant (KF-6001 (polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.)): 0.01 parts by mass Polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol): 0.01 parts by mass Solvent (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate): 50 parts
<実施例2~199及び比較例1~3>
 下記表1~表8に記載のとおりに各成分を用い、実施例1と同様にして、顔料分散液を調製した後、得られた顔料分散液を用いて硬化性組成物を調製した。なお、実施例2~55では赤色硬化性組成物を調製し、実施例56~114では緑色硬化性組成物を調製し、実施例115~164では青色硬化性組成物を調製し、実施例165~175では赤外線(IR)吸収硬化性組成物を調製し、また、実施例176~199では黒色又は白色の硬化性組成物を調製した。
 また、表1~表8には、エポキシ化合物、紫外線吸収剤、界面活性剤、及び重合禁止剤は記載していないが、実施例2~199及び比較例1~3の硬化性組成物は、実施例1と同じエポキシ化合物、紫外線吸収剤、界面活性剤、及び重合禁止剤を、実施例1と同量で含んでいる。色材を2種以上含有する場合は、等量混合物である。
<Examples 2 to 199 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3>
Pigment dispersions were prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 using the components as shown in Tables 1 to 8 below, and then curable compositions were prepared using the obtained pigment dispersions. Note that in Examples 2 to 55, red curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 56 to 114, green curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 115 to 164, blue curable compositions were prepared, in Examples 165 to 175, infrared (IR) absorbing curable compositions were prepared, and in Examples 176 to 199, black or white curable compositions were prepared.
In addition, although Tables 1 to 8 do not list the epoxy compound, ultraviolet absorber, surfactant, and polymerization inhibitor, the curable compositions of Examples 2 to 199 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 contain the same epoxy compound, ultraviolet absorber, surfactant, and polymerization inhibitor as in Example 1 in the same amounts as in Example 1. When two or more coloring materials are contained, they are mixed in equal amounts.

 

 

 

 

 

 
 上記の硬化性組成物に用いられる各成分の詳細は、以下のとおりである。 Details of each component used in the above curable composition are as follows:
<色材>
 PR254:C.I.Pigment Red 254[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR272:C.I.Pigment Red 272[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR291:C.I.Pigment Red 291[臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR177:C.I.Pigment Red 177[アントラキノン化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR264:C.I.Pigment Red 264[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PG36:C.I.Pigment Green 36[銅フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PG58:C.I.Pigment Green 58[亜鉛フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PY129:C.I.Pigment Yellow 129[アゾメチン銅錯体、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY138:C.I.Pigment Yellow 138[キノフタロン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY139:C.I.Pigment Yellow 139[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY150:C.I.Pigment Yellow 150[モノアゾ化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY185:C.I.Pigment Yellow 185[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY215:C.I.Pigment Yellow 215[プリテジン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PB15:6:C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6[銅フタロシアニン錯体、青色顔料(B顔料)]
 PV23:C.I.Pigment Violet 23[ジオキサジン化合物、紫色顔料(B顔料)]
<Coloring material>
PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR272: C.I. Pigment Red 272 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR291: C.I. Pigment Red 291 [brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR177: C.I. Pigment Red 177 [anthraquinone compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR264: C.I. Pigment Red 264 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PG58: C.I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PY129: C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY138: C.I. Pigment Yellow 138 [quinophthalone compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY150: C.I. Pigment Yellow 150 [monoazo compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY215: C.I. Pigment Yellow 215 [Pritegin compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PB15:6: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
PV23: C.I. Pigment Violet 23 [dioxazine compound, purple pigment (B pigment)]
 P-1:下記構造の化合物(ジケトピロロピロールホウ素錯体、下記構造式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。) P-1: Compound with the following structure (diketopyrrolopyrrole boron complex, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group)
 P-2:下記構造の化合物(スクアリリウム顔料) P-2: Compound with the following structure (squarylium pigment)
 P-3:黒色顔料(チタンブラック(TiOxNy)三菱マテリアル社製)
 P-4:白色顔料(酸化チタン(TTO-51(C))石原産業社製)
 P-5:下記構造の化合物(キサンテンマゼンタ染料)
P-3: Black pigment (Titanium Black (TiOxNy) manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation)
P-4: White pigment (titanium oxide (TTO-51(C)) manufactured by Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha)
P-5: Compound having the following structure (xanthene magenta dye)
<顔料誘導体>
 Syn-1~Syn-7:下記構造の化合物
<Pigment Derivatives>
Syn-1 to Syn-7: Compounds having the following structure
<架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂(B1)及び比較樹脂> <Resin (B1) having crosslinkable groups and graft chains and comparative resins>
 C2-1:下記構造の樹脂(Mw20,000、酸価67mgKOH/g)
C2-1: Resin having the following structure (Mw 20,000, acid value 67 mgKOH/g)
 C2-2:下記構造の樹脂(Mw23,000、酸価59mgKOH/g)
C2-2: Resin having the following structure (Mw 23,000, acid value 59 mg KOH / g)
 C2-3:下記構造の樹脂(Mw18,000、酸価69mgKOH/g)
C2-3: Resin having the following structure (Mw 18,000, acid value 69 mg KOH / g)
 C2-4:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw23,000、酸価67mgKOH/g) C2-4: Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 23,000, acid value 67 mg KOH/g)
 C2-5:下記構造の樹脂(Mw10,000、酸価85mgKOH/g) C2-5: Resin with the following structure (Mw 10,000, acid value 85 mg KOH/g)
 C2-6:下記構造の樹脂(Mw18,000、酸価82mgKOH/g) C2-6: Resin with the following structure (Mw 18,000, acid value 82 mg KOH/g)
 C2-H1:架橋性基を有しない下記構造の樹脂(Mw8,500、酸価82mgKOH/g) C2-H1: Resin with the following structure that does not have a crosslinkable group (Mw 8,500, acid value 82 mgKOH/g)
<溶剤>
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:シクロペンタノン
 S-4:3-メトキシブタノール
<Solvent>
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: Cyclopentanone S-4: 3-Methoxybutanol
<樹脂>
 B-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw11,000、酸価69mgKOH/g)
<Resin>
B-1: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios; Mw 11,000, acid value 69 mgKOH/g)
 B-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw21,000、二重結合等量470) B-2: Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 21,000, double bond equivalent weight 470)
 B-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。Mw12,000、酸価80mgKOH/g) B-3: Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Mw 12,000, acid value 80 mg KOH/g)
<分子量3,000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物(C1)>
 C1-1~C1-5:下記構造の化合物
<Radically curable compound (C1) having a molecular weight of less than 3,000>
C1-1 to C1-5: Compounds having the following structures
<併用する重合開始剤>
 a-1~a-4:下記構造の化合物
<Polymerization initiator to be used in combination>
a-1 to a-4: Compounds having the following structure
<比較用重合開始剤>
 CA-1~CA-2:下記構造の化合物
<Comparative Polymerization Initiator>
CA-1 to CA-2: Compounds having the following structures
<チオール化合物>
 T-1~T-4:下記構造の化合物
<Thiol compounds>
T-1 to T-4: Compounds having the following structures

 
 

 
 
<評価>
(感度、矩形性、耐加水分解性、保存安定性)
 上記の実施例及び比較例で得られた硬化性組成物の各々を、塗布後の膜厚が0.4μmになるように、下塗り層付き8インチ(203.2mm)のシリコンウエハの下塗り層の表面にスピンコート法で塗布した。その後、ホットプレートを用いて100℃で2分間加熱し、硬化性層を形成した。次いで、得られた硬化性層に対して、KrFスキャナ露光機を用い、0.5μm四方のパターンを有するマスクを介して波長248nmの光(KrF線)を、照度25000W/m、パルス幅30ナノ秒、周波数40kHz,露光量20~200mJ/cmの照射条件で露光を行った。次に、露光後の硬化性層に対し、現像液として水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用いて、23℃で60秒間シャワー現像を行った。その後、純水を用いてスピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、シリコンウエハ上に画素を形成した。これにより、パターン付きシリコンウエハを作製した。
 得られた画素について、走査型電子顕微鏡(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテク製)を用いて、倍率20000倍で観察した。観察された画像に基づき、以下の基準にしたがって、感度(露光感度)、矩形性、耐加水分解性、及び保存安定性を評価した。
<Evaluation>
(sensitivity, rectangularity, hydrolysis resistance, storage stability)
Each of the curable compositions obtained in the above examples and comparative examples was applied by spin coating to the surface of the undercoat layer of an 8-inch (203.2 mm) silicon wafer with an undercoat layer so that the film thickness after application was 0.4 μm. Thereafter, the wafer was heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to form a curable layer. Next, the obtained curable layer was exposed to light (KrF line) with a wavelength of 248 nm through a mask having a 0.5 μm square pattern using a KrF scanner exposure machine under irradiation conditions of illuminance 25000 W/m 2 , pulse width 30 nanoseconds, frequency 40 kHz, and exposure amount 20 to 200 mJ/cm 2. Next, the exposed curable layer was shower-developed at 23° C. for 60 seconds using a 0.3 mass% aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) as a developer. Then, the wafer was rinsed with pure water by spin shower to form pixels on the silicon wafer. This produced a silicon wafer with a pattern.
The obtained pixels were observed at a magnification of 20,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800H, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). Based on the observed images, the sensitivity (exposure sensitivity), rectangularity, hydrolysis resistance, and storage stability were evaluated according to the following criteria.
-感度の評価-
 パターン線幅が0.7μmに達するのに必要な露光量を算出し、以下の基準で感度を評価した。
 <評価基準>
 A:露光量が30mJ/cm以下である。
 B:露光量が30mJ/cmを超え、50mJ/cm以下である。
 C:露光量が50mJ/cmを超え、100mJ/cm以下である。
 D:露光量が100mJ/cmを超え、200mJ/cm以下である。
 E:露光量が200mJ/cmを超える。
-Sensitivity evaluation-
The exposure dose required for the pattern line width to reach 0.7 μm was calculated, and the sensitivity was evaluated according to the following criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: The exposure amount is 30 mJ/ cm2 or less.
B: The exposure amount is more than 30 mJ/ cm2 and is 50 mJ/ cm2 or less.
C: The exposure amount is more than 50 mJ/ cm2 and is 100 mJ/ cm2 or less.
D: The exposure amount is more than 100 mJ/ cm2 and is 200 mJ/ cm2 or less.
E: The exposure amount exceeds 200 mJ/ cm2 .
-矩形性の評価-
 得られたパターン付きシリコンウエハを、その面方向と直交する方向に裁断し、得られた画素のうちの100mJ/cmの露光量で露光した部分(パターン)の断面を形成し
た。形成された断面を、走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM)を用いて20,000倍に拡大し、拡大画像からパターンの厚み方向における上部及び下部の幅を計測し、以下の基準に基づいて矩形性を評価した。
 <評価基準>
 A:パターンの上部の幅に対し、シリコンウエハと接している下部の幅が95%以上105%以下の範囲である。
 B:パターンの上部の幅に対し、シリコンウエハと接している下部の幅が90%以上95%未満であるか、又は、105%を超え110%以下である。
 C:パターンの上部の幅に対し、シリコンウエハと接している下部の幅が85%以上90%未満であるか、又は、110%を超え115%以下である。
 D:パターンの上部の幅に対し、シリコンウエハと接している下部の幅が80%以上85%未満であるか、又は、115%を超え120%以下である。
 E:パターンの上部の幅に対し、シリコンウエハと接している下部の幅が80%未満であるか、又は、120%を超える。
- Evaluation of rectangularity -
The obtained silicon wafer with the pattern was cut in a direction perpendicular to the surface direction, and a cross section was formed of the portion (pattern) of the obtained pixel that was exposed with an exposure dose of 100 mJ/cm 2. The formed cross section was magnified 20,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and the widths of the upper and lower parts in the thickness direction of the pattern were measured from the enlarged image, and the rectangularity was evaluated based on the following criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is in the range of 95% to 105% of the width of the upper part.
B: The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 90% or more and less than 95% of the width of the upper part, or is more than 105% and 110% or less.
C: The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 85% or more and less than 90% of the width of the upper part of the pattern, or is more than 110% and less than 115%.
D: The width of the lower part of the pattern that is in contact with the silicon wafer is 80% or more and less than 85% of the width of the upper part of the pattern, or is more than 115% and 120% or less.
E: The width of the lower part of the pattern in contact with the silicon wafer is less than 80% or exceeds 120% of the width of the upper part.
-耐加水分解性の評価-
 調製直後の硬化性組成物と、調製後に45℃環境で3日間経時した硬化性組成物と、に対して同時に上記の「露光感度の評価」を実施し、パターン線幅が0.7μmに達するのに必要な露光量を算出して露光量の差を求めた。そして、以下の基準に基づいて耐加水分解性を評価した。
 <評価基準>
 A:露光量の差が1%以下である。
 B:露光量の差が1%を超え、5%以下である。
 C:露光量の差が5%を超え、10%以下である。
 D:露光量の差が10%を超え、50%以下である。
 E:露光量の差が50%を超える。
-Evaluation of hydrolysis resistance-
The above-mentioned "evaluation of exposure sensitivity" was carried out on the curable composition immediately after preparation and the curable composition which had been left in a 45°C environment for 3 days after preparation at the same time, and the exposure amount required for the pattern line width to reach 0.7 μm was calculated to obtain the difference in exposure amount. Then, the hydrolysis resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: The difference in exposure amount is 1% or less.
B: The difference in exposure amount is more than 1% and is 5% or less.
C: The difference in exposure amount is more than 5% and is 10% or less.
D: The difference in exposure amount is more than 10% and is 50% or less.
E: The difference in exposure amount exceeds 50%.
-保存安定性の評価-
 硬化性組成物の粘度(mPa・s)を、東機産業(株)製「RE-85L」にて測定した。測定後、硬化性組成物を45℃、遮光、3日間の条件にて静置し、再度粘度(mPa・s)を測定した。静置前後での粘度差(△Vis)から下記評価基準に従って保存安定性を評価した。粘度差(△Vis)の数値が小さいほど、硬化性組成物の保存安定性が良好であり、顔料の分散性が良好であるといえる。粘度測定は、いずれも、温湿度を22±5℃、60±20%RHに管理された室内で、硬化性組成物の温度を25℃に調整した状態で行った。
 <評価基準>
 A:△Visが0.5mPa・s以下である。
 B:△Visが0.5mPa・sを超え、1.0mPa・s以下である。
 C:△Visが1.0mPa・sを超え、2.0mPa・s以下である。
 D:△Visが2.0mPa・sを超え、2.5mPa・s以下である。
 E:△Visが2.5mPa・sを超える。
- Evaluation of storage stability -
The viscosity (mPa·s) of the curable composition was measured using "RE-85L" manufactured by Toki Sangyo Co., Ltd. After the measurement, the curable composition was left to stand at 45°C, shielded from light, for 3 days, and the viscosity (mPa·s) was measured again. The storage stability was evaluated from the difference in viscosity (ΔVis) before and after standing according to the following evaluation criteria. It can be said that the smaller the value of the viscosity difference (ΔVis), the better the storage stability of the curable composition and the better the dispersibility of the pigment. The viscosity measurements were all performed in a room where the temperature and humidity were controlled to 22±5°C and 60±20% RH, with the temperature of the curable composition adjusted to 25°C.
<Evaluation criteria>
A: ΔVis is 0.5 mPa·s or less.
B: ΔVis exceeds 0.5 mPa·s and is 1.0 mPa·s or less.
C: ΔVis exceeds 1.0 mPa·s and is 2.0 mPa·s or less.
D: ΔVis exceeds 2.0 mPa·s and is 2.5 mPa·s or less.
E: ΔVis exceeds 2.5 mPa·s.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 上記の結果から明らかなように、実施例では、いずれも高感度であり、かつ、形成したパターンの断面における形状が矩形性に優れるものであった。これに対して、比較例では、いずれも実施例に比べて低感度であり、パターン断面の矩形性にも劣っていた。 As is clear from the above results, in all of the Examples, the sensitivity was high, and the cross-sectional shape of the formed patterns was excellent in terms of rectangularity. In contrast, in all of the Comparative Examples, the sensitivity was low compared to the Examples, and the cross-sectional rectangularity of the patterns was also poor.
 2023年3月1日に出願された日本出願特願2023-031436の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-031436, filed on March 1, 2023, is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
All publications, patent applications, and standards mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, or standard was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

Claims (20)

  1.  式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤と、
     ラジカル硬化性化合物と、
     架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂と、
    を含む、硬化性組成物。

     式(1)中、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。
    A radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1),
    A radical curable compound;
    a resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain;
    1. A curable composition comprising:

    In formula (1), X represents a divalent organic group; R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group; R 21 and R 22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X; and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
  2.  前記式(1)におけるR11及びR12がそれぞれ独立に、炭素数3以上の基である請求項1に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1, wherein R 11 and R 12 in formula (1) each independently represent a group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
  3.  前記式(1)におけるR11及びR12がそれぞれ独立に、分岐アルキル基又は脂環アルキル基である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 11 and R 12 in the formula (1) each independently represent a branched alkyl group or an alicyclic alkyl group.
  4.  前記式(1)におけるR11及びR12がともに同じ基であり、かつ、下記式(4)で表される基である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。

     式(4)中、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立にアルキル基を表し、Rxは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、*はエステル構造における炭素原子との連結部を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 11 and R 12 in the formula (1) are the same group and are a group represented by the following formula (4):

    In formula (4), Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and * represents a linking portion to a carbon atom in the ester structure.
  5.  前記式(1)におけるXが、下記(X-1)~(X-14)のいずれかを表す請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。

     (X-1)~(X-14)中、RX1~RX9はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、Lは2価の連結基を表し、*は(ケト)オキシム基との連結部を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein X in the formula (1) represents any one of the following (X-1) to (X-14):

    In (X-1) to (X-14), R X1 to R X9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, L represents a divalent linking group, and * represents a linking portion to a (keto)oxime group.
  6.  色材を更に含む請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising a coloring material.
  7.  多官能チオール化合物を更に含む請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising a multifunctional thiol compound.
  8.  前記架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が、アクリル樹脂である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain is an acrylic resin.
  9.  前記架橋性基及びグラフト鎖を有する樹脂が、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基及びリン酸基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基を有する請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin having a crosslinkable group and a graft chain has at least one group selected from the group consisting of a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.
  10.  前記架橋性基が、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の基である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the crosslinkable group is at least one group selected from the group consisting of an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
  11.  前記ラジカル硬化性化合物の全固形分に対する、分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量が15質量%未満である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3000 is less than 15 mass% relative to the total solid content of the radical curable compound.
  12.  前記分子量3000未満のラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量をWC1とし、前記式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量をWとしたとき、質量比WC1/Wの値が、5未満である請求項11に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 11, wherein the content of the radical curable compound having a molecular weight of less than 3,000 is W C1 and the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1) is W A , the mass ratio W C1 /W A is less than 5.
  13.  波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー露光用である請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, which is for use in excimer laser exposure with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  14.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmのエキシマ
    レーザー光を照射する工程を含む硬化物の製造方法。
    A method for producing a cured product, comprising the step of irradiating the curable composition according to claim 1 or 2 with excimer laser light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  15.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。 A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  16.  請求項15に記載の膜を含む光学素子。 An optical element comprising the film according to claim 15.
  17.  請求項15に記載の膜を含むイメージセンサ。 An image sensor including the film according to claim 15.
  18.  請求項15に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device including the film according to claim 15.
  19.  請求項15に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device including the film according to claim 15.
  20.  式(3)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤。

     式(3)中、Xは2価の有機基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、一価の有機基、又は、Xと連結して2価の有機基を表し、Rx及びRxはそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基を表し、Rxはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、Rx~Rxのうちの2つ以上は互いに結合して環を構成してもよく、n1及びn2はそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。
    A radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (3):

    In formula (3), X represents a divalent organic group, R21 and R22 each independently represent a monovalent organic group, or a divalent organic group linked to X, Rx1 and Rx2 each independently represent an alkyl group, Rx3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, two or more of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and n1 and n2 each independently represent 0 or 1.
PCT/JP2024/007429 2023-03-01 2024-02-28 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator WO2024181520A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2023031436 2023-03-01
JP2023-031436 2023-03-01

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024181520A1 true WO2024181520A1 (en) 2024-09-06

Family

ID=92589944

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2024/007429 WO2024181520A1 (en) 2023-03-01 2024-02-28 Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024181520A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017523465A (en) * 2014-07-15 2017-08-17 常州強力電子新材料股▲ふん▼有限公司Cahngzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd. Oxime ester photoinitiator-containing photosensitive composition and use thereof
WO2019013108A1 (en) * 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
WO2022202204A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7219378B1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-02-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, optical filter, image display device, and solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2017523465A (en) * 2014-07-15 2017-08-17 常州強力電子新材料股▲ふん▼有限公司Cahngzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd. Oxime ester photoinitiator-containing photosensitive composition and use thereof
WO2019013108A1 (en) * 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, infrared transmission filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and infrared sensor
WO2022202204A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-29 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7219378B1 (en) * 2021-12-09 2023-02-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, optical filter, image display device, and solid-state imaging device

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021215133A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022202204A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2024052779A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
WO2024004619A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP7316962B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and compound
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7507865B2 (en) Colored composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, resin, and method for producing the same
WO2024181520A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2021230121A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2021172142A1 (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display apparatus, and asymmetrical diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
WO2024171895A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024111393A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004425A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004426A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004390A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
JP7143432B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP7302014B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging device and image display device
WO2024181118A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024190447A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024135427A1 (en) Method for producing optical filter and method for producing solid-state imaging element
WO2024058001A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024190446A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024181097A1 (en) Photocurable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
TW202411330A (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024128043A1 (en) Color filter manufacturing method and solid-state imaging element manufacturing method